III

Semester

TRANSFORM CALCULUS, OURIER LND CHNIQUES

F
Course Code: SERIES A
21MAT31 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:

CLO 1. To have an insight into solving ordinary differential equations by using Laplace transform
techniques
CLO 2. Learn to use the Fourier series to represent periodical physical phenomena in engineering
analysis.
CLO 3. To enable the students to study Fourier Transforms and concepts of infinite Fourier Sine and
Cosine transforms and to learn the method of solving difference equations by the z-transform
method.
CLO 4. To develop the proficiency in solving ordinary and partial differential equations arising in
engineering applications, using numerical methods
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
Module-1
Definition and Laplace transforms of elementary functions (statements only). Problems on Laplace
transform of eat/(t), tnf(t) , . Laplace transforms of Periodic functions (statement only) and
unit-step function - problems.

Inverse Laplace transforms definition and problems, Convolution theorem to find the inverse Laplace
transforms (without Proof) and problems. Laplace transforms of derivatives, solution of differential
equations.

Self-study: Solution of simultaneous first-order differential equations.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method /

Module-2
Introduction to infinite series, convergence and divergence. Periodic functions, Dirichlet’s condition.
Fourier series of periodic functions with period 2n and arbitrary period. Half range Fourier series.
Practical harmonic analysis.

Self-study: Convergence of series by D’Alembert’s Ratio test and, Cauchy’s root test
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method / Powerpoint Presentation
 Module-3
Infinite Fourier transforms definition, Fourier sine and cosine transforms. Inverse Fourier transforms,
Inverse Fourier cosine and sine transforms. Problems.

Difference equations, z-transform-definition, Standard z-transforms, Damping and shifting rules,

Problems. Inverse z-transform and applications to solve difference equations.

Self-Study: Initial value and final value theorems, problems.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method / Powerpoint Presentation
Module-4
Classifications of second-order partial differential equations, finite difference approximations to
derivatives, Solution of Laplace’s equation using standard five-point formula. Solution of heat equation
by Schmidt explicit formula and Crank- Nicholson method, Solution of the Wave equation. Problems.

Self-Study: Solution of Poisson equations using standard five-point formula.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method / Powerpoint Presentation
Module-5
Second-order differential equations - Runge-Kutta method and Milne’s predictor and corrector method.
(No derivations of formulae).

Calculus of Variations: Functionals, Euler’s equation, Problems on extremals of functional. Geodesics on

a plane, Variational problems.

Self- Study: Hanging chain problem

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method / PowerPoint Presentation
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. To solve ordinary differential equations using Laplace transform.
CO 2. Demonstrate Fourier series to study the behaviour of periodic functions and their applications
in system communications, digital signal processing and field theory.
CO 3. To use Fourier transforms to analyze problems involving continuous-time signals and to apply
Z-Transform techniques to solve difference equations
CO 4. To solve mathematical models represented by initial or boundary value problems involving
partial differential equations
CO 5. Determine the extremals of functionals using calculus of variations and solve problems arising
in dynamics of rigid bodies and vibrational analysis.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
 6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. B. S. Grewal: “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna publishers, 44th Ed.2018
2. E. Kreyszig: “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley & Sons, 10th Ed. (Reprint), 2016.
Reference Books:
1. V. Ramana: “Higher Engineering Mathematics” McGraw-Hill Education, 11th Ed.
2. Srimanta Pal & Subodh C. Bhunia: “Engineering Mathematics” Oxford University Press, 3rd
Reprint, 2016.
3. N.P Bali and Manish Goyal: “A textbook of Engineering Mathematics” Laxmi Publications, Latest
edition.
4. C. Ray Wylie, Louis C. Barrett: “Advanced Engineering Mathematics” McGraw - Hill Book
Co.Newyork, Latest ed.
5. Gupta C.B, Sing S.R and Mukesh Kumar: “Engineering Mathematic for Semester I and II”, McGraw
Hill Education(India) Pvt. Ltd 2015.
6. H.K.Dass and Er. Rajnish Verma: “Higher Engineering Mathematics” S.Chand Publication (2014).
7. James Stewart: “Calculus” Cengage publications, 7th edition, 4th Reprint 2019_____________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math(MOOCs)
2. http://academicearth.org/
3. http://www.bookstreet.in.
4. VTU e-Shikshana Program
5. VTU EDUSAT Program
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Quizzes
• Assignments
• Seminars
III
Semester
DATA STRUCTURES AND APPLICATIONS
Course Code: 21CS32 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 T + 20 P Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:

CLO 1. Explain the fundamentals of data structures and their applications essential for implementing
solutions to problems.
CLO 2. Illustrate representation of data structures: Stack, Queues, Linked Lists, Trees and Graphs.
CLO 3. Design and Develop Solutions to problems using Arrays, Structures, Stack, Queues, Linked
Lists.
CLO 4. Explore usage of Trees and Graph for application development.
CLO 5. Apply the Hashing techniques in mapping key value pairs.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
Module-1
Introduction: Data Structures, Classifications (Primitive & Non-Primitive), Data structure operations
(Traversing, inserting, deleting, searching, and sorting). Review of Arrays. Structures: Array of
structures Self-Referential Structures.
Dynamic Memory Allocation Functions. Representation of Linear Arrays in Memory, dynamically
allocated arrays and Multidimensional Arrays.
Demonstration of representation of Polynomials and Sparse Matrices with arrays.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1: 1.2, Chapter 2: 2.2 - 2.7, Text Textbook 2: Chapter 1: 1.1 - 1.4, Chapter 3:
3.1 - 3.3, 3.5, 3.7, Chapter 4: 4.1 - 4.9, 4.14 Textbook 3: Chapter 1: 1.3

Laboratory Component:

1. Design, Develop and Implement a menu driven Program in C for the following Array
Operations
a. Creating an Array of N Integer Elements
b. Display of Array Elements with Suitable Headings
c. Exit.
Support the program with functions for each of the above operations.

2. Design, Develop and Implement a menu driven Program in C for the following Array
operations
a. Inserting an Element (ELEM) at a given valid Position (POS)
 c. Display of Array Elements
d. Exit.
Support the program with functions for each of the above operations.

Teaching-Learning Process Problem based learning (Implementation of different programs to

illustrate application of arrays and structures.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Xo6P V-qns&t=201s

https://ds2-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp/selection-sort/index.html
https: / / ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/ data-structures- 1/List%20of
%20experiments.html

Module-2
Stacks: Definition, Stack Operations, Array Representation of Stacks, Stacks using Dynamic
Arrays. Different representation of expression. Stack Applications: Infix to postfix conversion, Infix to
prefix conversion, evaluation of postfix expression, recursion.

Queues: Definition, Array Representation of Queues, Queue Operations, Circular Queues, Queues and
Circular queues using Dynamic arrays, Dequeues, Priority Queues.

Textbook 1: Chapter 3: 3.1 -3.4, 3.6 Textbook 2: Chapter 6: 6.1 -6.4, 6.5, 6.7-6.13
Laboratory Component:

1. Design, Develop and Implement a menu driven Program in C for the following operations on
STACK of Integers (Array Implementation of Stack with maximum size MAX)
a. Push an Element on to Stack
b. Pop an Element from Stack
c. Demonstrate Overflow and Underflow situations on Stack
d. Display the status of Stack
e. Exit
Support the program with appropriate functions for each of the above operations
2. Design, Develop and Implement a Program in C for the following Stack Applications
a. Evaluation of Suffix expression with single digit operands and operators: +, -, *, /, %, A
b. Solving Tower of Hanoi problem with n disks

Teaching-Learning Process Active Learning, Problem based learning

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102064/
https://ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp/stacks-queues/index.html

Module-3
Linked Lists: Definition, classification of linked lists. Representation of different types of linked lists in
Memory, Traversing, Insertion, Deletion, Searching, Sorting, and Concatenation Operations on Singly
linked list, Doubly Linked lists, Circular linked lists, and header linked lists. Linked Stacks and Queues.
Applications of Linked lists - Polynomials, Sparse matrix representation. Programming Examples.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4: 4.1 - 4.4, 4.5.2, 4.7, 4.8, Textbook 2: Chapter 5: 5.1 - 5.9
Laboratory Component:

1. Singly Linked List (SLL) of Integer Data

a. Create a SLL stack of N integer.
b. Display of SLL
c. Linear search. Create a SLL queue of N Students Data Concatenation of two SLL of
integers.
2. Design, Develop and Implement a menu driven Program in C for the following operationson
Doubly Linked List (DLL) of Professor Data with the fields: ID, Name, Branch, Area of
specialization
 a. Create a DLL stack of N Professor’s Data.
b. Create a DLL queue of N Professor’s Data
Display the status of DLL and count the number of nodes in it.

Teaching-Learning Process MOOC, Active Learning, Problem solving based on linked lists.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102064/
https: / / ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp/linked-list/basics /
overview.html
https://ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/List%20of%20experiments.html
https: / / ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp/linked-list/basics /
https://ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/List%20of%20experiments.html

Module-4
Trees 1: Terminologies, Binary Trees, Properties of Binary trees, Array and linked Representation of
Binary Trees, Binary Tree Traversals - Inorder, postorder, preorder; Threaded binary trees, Binary
Search Trees - Definition, Insertion, Deletion, Traversal, and Searching operation on Binary search tree.
Application of Trees-Evaluation of Expression.

Textbook 1: Chapter 5: 5.1 -5.5, 5.7; Textbook 2: Chapter 7: 7.1 - 7.9

Laboratory Component:

1. Given an array of elements, construct a complete binary tree from this array in level order
fashion. That is, elements from left in the array will be filled in the tree level wise starting
from level 0. Ex: Input : arr[] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
Output : Root of the following tree
1
/\
2 3
/ \ /\
4 56
2. Design, Develop and Implement a menu driven Program in C for the following operations on
Binary Search Tree (BST) of Integers
a. Create a BST of N Integers
b. Traverse the BST in Inorder, Preorder and Post Order

Teaching-Learning Process Problem based learning

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/data-structures-and-
algorithms.html
https: / / ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/ exp/tree-traversal/index.html
https://ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp/tree-traversal/depth-first-
traversal/dft-practice.html

Module-5
Trees 2: AVL tree, Red-black tree, Splay tree, B-tree.

Graphs: Definitions, Terminologies, Matrix and Adjacency List Representation of Graphs, Traversal
methods: Breadth First Search and Depth FirstSearch.

Hashing: Hash Table organizations, Hashing Functions, Static and Dynamic Hashing.

Textbook 1: Chapter 10:10.2, 10.3, 10.4, Textbook 2:7.10 - 7.12, 7.15 Chapter 11: 11.2, Textbook
1: Chapter 6 : 6.1-6.2, Chapter 8 : 8.1-8.3, Textbook 2: 8.1 - 8.3, 8.5, 8.7

Textbook 3: Chapter 15:15.1, 15.2,15.3, 15.4,15.5 and 15.7

Laboratory Component:

1. Design, Develop and implement a program in C for the following operations on Graph (G) of
cities
a. Create a Graph of N cities using Adjacency Matrix.
b. Print all the nodes reachable from a given starting node in a diagraph using DFS/BFS
method.

2. Design and develop a program in C that uses Hash Function H:K->L as H(K)=K mod
m(reminder
method) and implement hashing technique to map a given key K to the address space L.
Resolve the collision (if any) using linear probing.
Teaching-Learning Process NPTL, MOOC etc. courses on trees and graphs.
http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/data-structures-and-
algorithms.html
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Identify different data structures and their applications.
CO 2. Apply stack and queues in solving problems.
CO 3. Demonstrate applications of linked list.
CO 4. Explore the applications of trees and graphs to model and solve the real-world problem.
CO 5. Make use of Hashing techniques and resolve collisions during mapping of key value pairs
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester

Practical Sessions need to be assessed by appropriate rubrics and viva-voce method. This will
contribute to 20 marks.

• Rubrics for each Experiment taken average for all Lab components - 15 Marks.
• Viva-Voce- 5 Marks (more emphasized on demonstration topics)

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and practical sessions will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 Marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd Ed, Universities Press,
2014.
2. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures Schaum's Outlines, Revised 1st Ed, McGraw Hill, 2014.
3. Reema Thareja, Data Structures using C, 3rd Ed, Oxford press, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Gilberg and Forouzan, Data Structures: A Pseudo-code approach with C, 2nd Ed, Cengage
Learning,2014.
2. Jean-Paul Tremblay & Paul G. Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications,2nd
Ed, McGraw Hill, 2013
3. A M Tenenbaum, Data Structures using C, PHI, 1989
4. Robert Kruse, Data Structures and Program Design in C, 2nd Ed, PHI, 1996.________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/econtent/courses/video/CSE/06CS35.html
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105171/
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/data-structures-and-algorithms.html_______________________
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Real world problem solving using group discussion.
• Back/Forward stacks on browsers.
• Undo/Redo stacks in Excel or Word.
• Linked list representation of real-world queues -Music player, image viewer
III
Semester ANALOG AND DIGITAL EL ECTRONICS
Course Code 21CS33 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 T + 20P Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning Objectives:

CLO 1. Explain the use of photo electronics devices, 555 timer IC, Regulator ICs and uA741
CLO 2. Make use of simplifying techniques in the design of combinational circuits.
CLO 3. Illustrate combinational and sequential digital circuits
CLO 4. Demonstrate the use of flipflops and apply for registers
CLO 5. Design and test counters, Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog conversion techniques.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only traditional lecture method, but different type of
teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
Module-1
BJT Biasing: Fixed bias, Collector to base Bias, voltage divider bias

Operational Amplifier Application Circuits: Peak Detector, Schmitt trigger, Active Filters, Non-Linear
Amplifier, Relaxation Oscillator, Current-to-Voltage and Voltage-to-Current Converter, Regulated
Power Supply Parameters, adjustable voltage regulator, D to A and A to D converter.

Textbook 1: Part A: Chapter 4 (Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4), Chapter 7 (Sections 7.4, 7.6 to 7.11),
Chapter 8 (Sections 8.1 and 8.5), Chapter 9.

Laboratory Component:
1. Simulate BJT CE voltage divider biased voltage amplifier using any suitable circuit simulator.
2. Using ua 741 Opamp, design a 1 kHz Relaxation Oscillator with 50% duty cycle
3. Design an astable multivibrator circuit for three cases of duty cycle (50%, <50% and >50%)
using NE 555 timer IC.
4. Using ua 741 opamap, design a window comparator for any given UTP and LTP.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration of circuits using simulation.
2. Project work: Design a integrated power supply and
function generator operating at audio frequency. Sine,
square and triangular functions are to be generated.
3. Chalk and Board for numerical
Module-2
Karnaugh maps: minimum forms of switching functions, two and three variable Karnaugh maps, four
variable Karnaugh maps, determination of minimum expressions using essential prime implicants,
Quine-McClusky Method: determination of prime implicants, the prime implicant chart, Petricks
method, simplification of incompletely specified functions, simplification using map-entered variables

Textbook 1: Part B: Chapter 5 (Sections 5.1 to 5.4) Chapter 6 (Sections 6.1 to 6.5)

Laboratory Component:
1. Given a 4-variable logic expression, simplify it using appropriate technique and inplement the
same using basic gates.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and Board for numerical
2. Laboratory Demonstration
Module-3
Combinational circuit design and simulation using gates: Review of Combinational circuit design,
design of circuits with limited Gate Fan-in, Gate delays and Timing diagrams, Hazards in combinational
Logic, simulation and testing of logic circuits

Multiplexers, Decoders and Programmable Logic Devices: Multiplexers, three state buffers, decoders
and encoders, Programmable Logic devices.

Textbook 1: Part B: Chapter 8, Chapter 9 (Sections 9.1 to 9.6)

Laboratory Component:
1. Given a 4-variable logic expression, simplify it using appropriate technique and realize the
simplified logic expression using 8:1 multiplexer IC.
2. Design and implement code converter I) Binary to Gray (II) Gray to Binary Code
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration using simulator
2. Case study: Applications of Programmable Logic device
3. Chalk and Board for numerical
Module-4
Introduction to VHDL: VHDL description of combinational circuits, VHDL Models for multiplexers,
VHDL Modules.

Latches and Flip-Flops: Set Reset Latch, Gated Latches, Edge-Triggered D Flip Flop 3,SR Flip Flop, J K
Flip Flop, T Flip Flop.

Textbook 1: Part B: Chapter 10(Sections 10.1 to 10.3), Chapter 11 (Sections 11.1 to 11.7)

Laboratory Component:
1. Given a 4-variable logic expression, simplify it using appropriate technique and simulate the
same in HDL simulator
2. Realize a J-K Master / Slave Flip-Flop using NAND gates and verify its truth table. And
implement the same in HDL.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration using simulator
2. Case study: Arithmetic and Logic unit in VHDL
3. Chalk and Board for numerical
Module-5
Registers and Counters: Registers and Register Transfers, Parallel Adder with accumulator, shift
registers, design of Binary counters, counters for other sequences, counter design using SR and J K Flip
Flops.
 Textbook 1: Part B: Chapter 12 (Sections 12.1 to 12.5)

Laboratory Component:
1. Design and implement a mod-n (n<8) synchronous up counter using J-K Flip-Flop ICs and
demonstrate its working.
2. Design and implement an asynchronous counter using decade counter IC to count up from 0
to
n (n<=9) and demonstrate on 7-segment display (using IC-7447)
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration using simulator
2. Project Work: Designing any counter, use LED / Seven
segment display to display the output
3. Chalk and Board for numerical
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Design and analyze application of analog circuits using photo devices, timer IC, power supply
and regulator IC and op-amp.
CO 2. Explain the basic principles of A/D and D/A conversion circuits and develop the same.
CO 3. Simplify digital circuits using Karnaugh Map, and Quine-McClusky Methods
CO 4. Explain Gates and flip flops and make us in designing different data processing circuits,
registers and counters and compare the types.
CO 5. Develop simple HDL programs
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination
(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester

Practical Sessions need to be assessed by appropriate rubrics and viva-voce method. This will contribute
to 20 marks.

• Rubrics for each Experiment taken average for all Lab components - 15 Marks.
• Viva-Voce- 5 Marks (more emphasized on demonstration topics)

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and practical sessions will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Charles H Roth and Larry L Kinney and Raghunandan G H Analog and Digital Electronics,
Cengage Learning,2019
Reference Books
2. Anil K Maini, Varsha Agarwal, Electronic Devices and Circuits, Wiley, 2012.
3. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino & Goutam Saha, Digital Principles and Applications, 8th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
4. M. Morris Mani, Digital Design, 4th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.
5. David A. Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2008
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Analog Electronic Circuits: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102112/
2. Digital Electronic Circuits: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105132/
3. Analog Electronics Lab: http://vlabs.iitkgp.ac.in/be/
4. Digital Electronics Lab: http://vlabs.iitkgp.ac.in/dec
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1. Real world problem solving - applying the design concepts of oscillator, amplifier, switch, Digital
circuits using Opamps, 555 timer, transistor, Digital ICs and design a application like tone
generator, temperature sensor, digital clock, dancing lights etc.
III
Semester COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE
Course Code 21CS34 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Understand the organization and architecture of computer systems, their structure and
operation
CLO 2. Illustrate the concept of machine instructions and programs
CLO 3. Demonstrate different ways of communicating with I/O devices
CLO 4. Describe different types memory devices and their functions
CLO 5. Explain arithmetic and logical operations with different data types
CLO 6. Demonstrate processing unit with parallel processing and pipeline architecture
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Basic Structure of Computers: Basic Operational Concepts, Bus Structures, Performance - Processor
Clock, Basic Performance Equation, Clock Rate, Performance Measurement.

Machine Instructions and Programs: Memory Location and Addresses, Memory Operations,
Instructions and Instruction Sequencing, Addressing Modes

Textbook 1: Chapter1 - 1.3, 1.4, 1.6 (1.6.1-1.6.4, 1.6.7), Chapter2 - 2.2 to 2.5
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Input/Output Organization: Accessing I/O Devices, Interrupts - Interrupt Hardware, Direct Memory
Access, Buses, Interface Circuits

Textbook 1: Chapter4 - 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Memory System: Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read Only Memories, Speed, Size,
and Cost, Cache Memories - Mapping Functions, Virtual memories

Textbook 1: Chapter 5 - 5.1 to 5.4, 5.5 (5.5.1, 5.5.2)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
 Module-4
Arithmetic: Numbers, Arithmetic Operations and Characters, Addition and Subtraction of Signed
Numbers, Design of Fast Adders, Multiplication of Positive Numbers

Basic Processing Unit: Fundamental Concepts, Execution of a Complete Instruction, Hardwired

control, Microprogrammed control

Textbook 1: Chapter2-2.1, Chapter6 - 6.1 to 6.3

Textbook 1: Chapter7 - 7.1, 7.2,7.4, 7.5
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning
Module-5
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline, Instruction
Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processors

Textbook 2: Chapter 9 - 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.6, 9.7

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Explain the organization and architecture of computer systems with machine instructions and
programs
CO 2. Analyze the input/output devices communicating with computer system
CO 3. Demonstrate the functions of different types of memory devices
CO 4. Apply different data types on simple arithmetic and logical unit
CO 5. Analyze the functions of basic processing unit, Parallel processing and pipelining
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
 be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Textbooks
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill
2. M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, PHI, 3rd Edition
Reference:
1. William Stallings: Computer Organization & Architecture, 9th Edition, Pearson______________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103068/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/106103068/pdf/coa.pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105163/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106092/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106166/
6. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/computer-organization.html
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Discussion and literature survey on real world use cases
• Quizzes
III
Semester OBJECT PROGRAMMING TH JAVA RY
Course Code ORIENTED W
21CSL35 LABORATO
CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 24 Total Marks 100
Credits 1 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:

CLO 1. Demonstrate the use of Eclipse/Netbeans IDE to create Java Applications.

CLO 2. Using java programming to develop programs for solving real-world problems.
CLO 3. Reinforce the understanding of basic object-oriented programming concepts.

Note: two hours tutorial is suggested for each laboratory sessions.

Prerequisite
• Students should be familiarized about java installation and setting the java
environment.
• Usage of IDEs like Eclipse/Netbeans should be introduced.

Sl. No. PART A - List of problems for which student should develop program and execute in the
Laboratory
Aim: Introduce the java fundamentals, data types, operators in java
1
Program: Write a java program that prints all real solutions to the quadratic equation
ax2+bx+c=0. Read in a, b, c and use the quadratic formula.
Aim: Demonstrating creation of java classes, objects, constructors, declaration and
initialization of variables.

Program: Create a Java class called Student with the following details as variables within it.
USN
2 Name
Branch
Phone
Write a Java program to create n Student objects and print the USN, Name, Branch, and
Phone of these objects with suitable headings.

Aim: Discuss the various Decision-making statements, loop constructs in java

Program:
3
A. Write a program to check prime number
B.Write a program for Arithmetic calculator using switch case menu

Aim: Demonstrate the core object-oriented concept of Inheritance, polymorphism

Design a super class called Staff with details as StaffId, Name, Phone, Salary. Extend this
4
class by writing three subclasses namely Teaching (domain, publications), Technical
(skills), and Contract (period). Write a Java program to read and display at least 3 staff
objects of all three categories.
Aim: Introduce concepts of method overloading, constructor overloading, overriding.
5
Program: Write a java program demonstrating Method overloading and Constructor
overloading.
Aim: Introduce the concept of Abstraction, packages.

6 Program: Develop a java application to implement currency converter (Dollar to INR, EURO
to INR, Yen to INR and vice versa), distance converter (meter to KM, miles to KM and vice
versa), time converter (hours to minutes, seconds and vice versa) using packages.
7 Aim: Introduction to abstract classes, abstract methods, and Interface in java
 Program: Write a program to generate the resume. Create 2 Java classes Teacher (data:
personal information, qualification, experience, achievements) and Student (data: personal
information, result, discipline) which implements the java interface Resume with the
method biodata().
Aim: Demonstrate creation of threads using Thread class and Runnable interface, multi-
threaded programming.

8 Program: Write a Java program that implements a multi-thread application that has three
threads. First thread generates a random integer for every 1 second; second thread
computes the square of the number and prints; third thread will print the value of cube of
the number.
Aim: Introduce java Collections.

9 Program: Write a program to perform string operations using ArrayList. Write functions for
the following a. Append - add at end b. Insert - add at particular index c. Search d. List all
string starts with given letter.
Aim: Exception handling in java, introduction to throwable class, throw, throws, finally.
10
Program: Write a Java program to read two integers a and b. Compute a/b and print, when
b is not zero. Raise an exception when b is equal to zero.
Aim: Introduce File operations in java.

Program:
11
Write a java program that reads a file name from the user, displays information about
whether the file exists, whether the file is readable, or writable, the type of file and the
length of the file in bytes
Aim: Introduce java Applet, awt, swings.

12 Programs:
Develop an applet that displays a simple message in center of the screen.
Develop a simple calculator using Swings.
PART B - Practical Based Learning
A problem statement for each batch is to be generated in consultation with the co-examiner
01 and student should develop an algorithm, program and execute the program for the given
problem with appropriate outputs.

Course Outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO 1. Use Eclipse/NetBeans IDE to design, develop, debug Java Projects.

CO 2. Analyze the necessity for Object Oriented Programming paradigm over structured
programming and become familiar with the fundamental concepts in OOP.
CO 3. Demonstrate the ability to design and develop java programs, analyze, and interpret object-
oriented data and document results.
CO 4. Apply the concepts of multiprogramming, exception/event handling, abstraction to develop
robust programs.
CO 5. Develop user friendly applications using File I/O and GUI concepts.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
 Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by
the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning
of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up
will be evaluated for 10 marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge
will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is
the total CIE marks scored by the student.________________________________________________________________________
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
• SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script
to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation
rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type,
rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
• Students can pick one experiment from the questions lot of PART A with equal choice to all the
students in a batch. For PART B examiners should frame a question for each batch, student should
develop an algorithm, program, execute and demonstrate the results with appropriate output for
the given problem.
• Weightage of marks for PART A is 80% and for PART B is 20%. General rubrics suggested to be
followed for part A and part B.
• Change of experiment is allowed only once and Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made
zero (Not allowed for Part B).
• The duration of SEE is 03 hours
• Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Suggested Learning Resources:
1. E Balagurusamy, Programming with Java, Graw Hill, 6th Edition, 2019.
2. Herbert Schildt, C: Java the Complete Reference, McGraw Hill, 11th Edition, 2020
III
Semester
MASTERING OFFICE (Practical based)
Course Code 21CSL381 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 12T+12P Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 02
Course Objectives:
CLO 1. Understand the basics of computers and prepare documents and small presentations.
CLO 2. Attain the knowledge about spreadsheet/worksheet with various options.
CLO 3. Create simple presentations using templates various options available.
CLO 4. Demonstrate the ability to apply application software in an office environment.
CLO 5. Use MS Office to create projects, applications.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
MS-Word -Working with Files, Text - Formatting, Moving, copying and pasting text, Styles - Lists -
Bulleted and numbered lists, Nested lists, Formatting lists. Table Manipulations. Graphics - Adding clip
Art, add an image from a file, editing graphics, Page formatting - Header and footers, page numbers,
Protect the Document, Mail Merge, Macros - Creating & Saving web pages, Hyperlinks.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, practical based learning
Module-2
MS-Excel- Modifying a Worksheet - Moving through cells, adding worksheets, rows and columns,
Resizing rows and columns, selecting cells, Moving and copying cells, freezing panes - Macros -
recording and running. Linking worksheets - Sorting and Filling, Alternating text and numbers with
Auto fill, Auto filling functions. Graphics - Adding clip art, add an image from a file, Charts - Using chart
Wizard, Copy a chart to Microsoft Word.

Textbook 1: Chapter 3
Teaching-Learning Process Active Learning, Demonstration, presentation,
Module-3
MS-Power Point -Create a Presentation from a template- Working with Slides - Insert a new slide,
applying a design template, changing slide layouts - Resizing a text box, Text box properties, delete a
text box - Video and Audio effects, Color Schemes & Backgrounds Adding clip art, adding an image from
a file, Save as a web page.
Textbook 1: Chapter 5
Teaching-Learning Process Demonstration, presentation preparation for case studies
Module-4
MS-Access - Using Access database wizard, pages and projects. Creating Tables - Create a Table in
design view. Datasheet Records - Adding, Editing, deleting records, Adding and deleting columns
Resizing rows and columns, finding data in a table & replacing, Print a datasheet. Queries - MS-Access.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Practical based learning.
Module-5
Microsoft Outlook- Introduction, Starting Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Today, Different Views In
Outlook, Outlook Data Files

Textbook 1: Chapter 7
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Know the basics of computers and prepare documents, spreadsheets, make small
presentations with audio, video and graphs and would be acquainted with internet.
CO 2. Create, edit, save and print documents with list tables, header, footer, graphic,
spellchecker, mail merge and grammar checker
CO 3. Attain the knowledge about spreadsheet with formula, macros spell checker etc.
CO 4. Demonstrate the ability to apply application software in an office environment.
CO 5. Use Google Suite for office data management tasks
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
NOTE: List of experiments to be prepared by the faculty based on the syllabus mentioned above
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments
designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at
the beginning of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-
up
will be evaluated for 10 marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge
will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
 • SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script
to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation
rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type,
rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
• The duration of SEE is 02 hours

Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book_________________________________________________________

Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://youtu.be/9VRmgC2GRFE
2. https://youtu.be/rJPWi5x0g3I
3. https://youtu.be/tcj2BhhCMN4
4. https://youtu.be/ubmwp8kbfPc
5. https://youtu.be/i6eNvfQ8fTw
6. http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/training/CR010047968.aspx
7. https://gsuite.google.com/leaming-center
8. http://spoken-tutorial.org
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Real world problem solving using group discussion.
• Real world examples of Windows Framework.
III
Semester
PROGRAMMING IN C++
Course Code 21CS382 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 12 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course Objectives:
CLO 1. Understanding about object oriented programming and Gain knowledge about the
capability to store information together in an object.
CLO 2. Understand the capability of a class to rely upon another class and functions.
CLO 3. Understand about constructors which are special type of functions.
CLO 4. Create and process data in files using file I/O functions
CLO 5. Use the generic programming features of C++ including Exception handling.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming: Computer programming background- C++ overview-
First C++ Program -Basic C++ syntax, Object Oriented Programming: What is an object, Classes,
methods and messages, abstraction and encapsulation, inheritance, abstract classes, polymorphism.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1(1.1 to 1.8)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, practical based learning
Module-2
Functions in C++: Tokens - Keywords - Identifiers and constants - Operators in C++ - Scope resolution
operator - Expressions and their types - Special assignment expressions - Function prototyping - Call
by reference - Return by reference - Inline functions -Default arguments - Function overloading.

Textbook 2: Chapter 3(3.2,3.3,3.4,3.13,3.14,3.19, 3.20) , chapter 4(4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,4.7,4.9)

.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration, presentation,

problem solving
Module-3
Inheritance & Polymorphism: Derived class Constructors, destructors-Types of Inheritance- Defining
Derived classes, Single Inheritance, Multiple, Hierarchical Inheritance, Hybrid Inheritance.

Textbook 2: Chapter 6 (6.2,6.11) chapter 8 (8.1 to,8.8)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration, problem solving
Module-4
I/O Streams: C++ Class Hierarchy- File Stream-Text File Handling- Binary File Handling during file
operations.

Textbook 1: Chapter 12(12.5) , Chapter 13 (13.6,13.7)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Practical based learning, practical’s
Module-5
Exception Handling: Introduction to Exception - Benefits of Exception handling- Try and catch block-
Throw statement- Pre-defined exceptions in C++ .

Textbook 2: Chapter 13 (13.2 to13.6)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Able to understand and design the solution to a problem using object-oriented
programming concepts.
CO 2. Able to reuse the code with extensible Class types, User-defined operators and function
Overloading.
CO 3. Achieve code reusability and extensibility by means of Inheritance and Polymorphism
CO 4. Identify and explore the Performance analysis of I/O Streams.
CO 5. Implement the features of C++ including templates, exceptions and file handling for
providing programmed solutions to complex problems.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 01 hours)
SEE paper will be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 01 hours
Textbooks
1. Bhushan Trivedi, “Programming with ANSI C++”, Oxford Press, Second Edition, 2012.
2. Balagurusamy E, Object Oriented Programming with C++, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.Ltd ,
Fourth Edition 2010.
Reference Books
1. Bhave , “ Object Oriented Programming With C++”, Pearson Education , 2004.
2. Ray Lischner, “Exploring C++ : The programmer’s introduction to C++” , apress, 2010
3. Bhave , “ Object Oriented Programming With C++”, Pearson Education , 2004_____________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Basics of C++ - https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHBClS40yzssA
2. Functions of C++ - https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHp8ehAjZWjPw
Tutorial Link:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/cpp/cpp intro.asp
2. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-c-3
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Demonstration of simple projects
IV Semester
IV
Semester

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Course Code 21CS42 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 T + 20 P Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:

CLO 1. Explain the methods of analysing the algorithms and to analyze performance of algorithms.
CLO 2. State algorithm’s efficiencies using asymptotic notations.
CLO 3. Solve problems using algorithm design methods such as the brute force method, greedy
method, divide and conquer, decrease and conquer, transform and conquer, dynamic
programming, backtracking and branch and bound.
CLO 4. Choose the appropriate data structure and algorithm design method for a specified
application.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.

1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only traditional lecture method, but different type of
teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
improve the students' understanding.
Module-1

Introduction: What is an Algorithm? It’s Properties. Algorithm Specification-using natural language,

using Pseudo code convention, Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem solving, Analysis Framework-
Time efficiency and space efficiency, Worst-case, Best-case and Average case efficiency.

Performance Analysis: Estimating Space complexity and Time complexity of algorithms.

Asymptotic Notations: Big-Oh notation (O), Omega notation (ft), Theta notation (I?]) with examples,
Basic efficiency classes, Mathematical analysis of Non-Recursive and Recursive Algorithms with
Examples.

Brute force design technique: Selection sort, sequential search, string matching algorithm with
complexity Analysis.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1 (Sections 1.1,1.2), Chapter 2(Sections 2.1,2.2,2.3,2.4), Chapter 3(Section

3.1,3.2)

Textbook 2: Chapter 1(section 1.1,1.2,1.3)

Laboratory Component:

1. Sort a given set of n integer elements using Selection Sort method and compute its time
complexity. Run the program for varied values of n> 5000 and record the time taken to sort.
Plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements can be read from a file or can be
generated using the random number generator. Demonstrate using C++/Java how the brute
force method works along with its time complexity analysis: worst case, average case and
best case.

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Problem based Learning.

2. Chalk & board, Active Learning.
3. Laboratory Demonstration.
Module-2

Divide and Conquer: General method, Recurrence equation for divide and conquer, solving it using
Master’s theorem. , Divide and Conquer algorithms and complexity Analysis of Finding the maximum &
minimum, Binary search, Merge sort, Quick sort.

Decrease and Conquer Approach: Introduction, Insertion sort, Graph searching algorithms,
Topological Sorting. It’s efficiency analysis.

Textbook 2: Chapter 3(Sections 3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6)

Textbook 1: Chapter 4 (Sections 4.1,4.2,4.3), Chapter 5(Section 5.1,5.2,5.3)

Laboratory Component:

1. Sort a given set of n integer elements using Quick Sort method and compute its time

complexity. Run the program for varied values of n> 5000 and record the time taken to sort.
Plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements can be read from a file or can be
generated using the random number generator. Demonstrate using C++/Java how the divide-
and-conquer method works along with its time complexity analysis: worst case, average case
and best case.

2. Sort a given set of n integer elements using Merge Sort method and compute its time
complexity. Run the program for varied values of n> 5000, and record the time taken to sort.
Plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements can be read from a file or can be
generated using the random number generator. Demonstrate using C++/Java how the divide-
and-conquer method works along with its time complexity analysis: worst case, average case
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk & board, Active Learning, MOOC, Problem
based
Learning.
2. Laboratory Demonstration.
Module-3

Greedy Method: General method, Coin Change Problem, Knapsack Problem, solving Job sequencing
with deadlines Problems.
Minimum cost spanning trees: Prim’s Algorithm, Kruskal’s Algorithm with performance analysis.
Single source shortest paths: Dijkstra's Algorithm.
Optimal Tree problem: Huffman Trees and Codes.
Transform and Conquer Approach: Introduction, Heaps and Heap Sort.
Textbook 2: Chapter 4(Sections 4.1,4.3,4.5)
Textbook 1: Chapter 9(Section 9.1,9.2,9.3,9.4), Chapter 6( section 6.4)

Laboratory Component:

Write & Execute C++/Java Program

1. To solve Knapsack problem using Greedy method.

2. To find shortest paths to other vertices from a given vertex in a weighted connected graph,
using Dijkstra's algorithm.
3. To find Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a given connected undirected graph using Kruskal's
algorithm. Use Union-Find algorithms in your program.
4. To find Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a given connected undirected graph using Prim's
algorithm.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk & board, Active Learning, MOOC, Problem
based
Learning.
2. Laboratory Demonstration.
Module-4

Dynamic Programming: General method with Examples, Multistage Graphs.

Transitive Closure: Warshall’s Algorithm. All Pairs Shortest Paths: Floyd's Algorithm,

Knapsack problem, Bellman-Ford Algorithm, Travelling Sales Person problem.

Space-Time Tradeoffs: Introduction, Sorting by Counting, Input Enhancement in String Matching-

Harspool’s algorithm.

Textbook 2: Chapter 5 (Sections 5.1,5.2,5.4,5.9)

Textbook 1: Chapter 8(Sections 8.2,8.4), Chapter 7 (Sections 7.1,7.2)

Laboratory Component:

Write C++/ Java programs to

1. Solve All-Pairs Shortest Paths problem using Floyd's algorithm.

2. Solve Travelling Sales Person problem using Dynamic programming.
3. Solve 0/1 Knapsack problem using Dynamic Programming method.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk & board, Active Learning, MOOC, Problem
based
Learning.
2. Laboratory Demonstration.
Module-5

Backtracking: General method, solution using back tracking to N-Queens problem, Sum of subsets
problem, Graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles Problems.

Branch and Bound: Assignment Problem, Travelling Sales Person problem, 0/1 Knapsack problem

NP-Complete and NP-Hard problems: Basic concepts, non- deterministic algorithms, P, NP, NP-
Complete, and NP-Hard classes.

Textbook 1: Chapter 12 (Sections 12.1,12.2) Chapter 11(11.3)

Textbook 2: Chapter 7 (Sections 7.1,7.2,7.3,7.4,7.5) Chapter 11 (Section 11.1)

Laboratory Component:
 1. Design and implement C++/Java Program to find a subset of a given set S = {Sl, S2,..., Sn} of n
positive integers whose SUM is equal to a given positive integer d. For example, if S = {1, 2, 5,
6, 8} and d= 9, there are two solutions {1, 2, 6} and {1, 8}. Display a suitable message, if the
given problem instance doesn't have a solution.

2. Design and implement C++/Java Program to find all Hamiltonian Cycles in a connected
undirected Graph G of n vertices using backtracking principle.

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk & board, Active Learning, MOOC, Problem

based
learning.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO 1. Analyze the performance of the algorithms, state the efficiency using asymptotic notations and
analyze mathematically the complexity of the algorithm.
CO 2. Apply divide and conquer approaches and decrease and conquer approaches in solving the
problems analyze the same
CO 3. Apply the appropriate algorithmic design technique like greedy method, transform and
conquer approaches and compare the efficiency of algorithms to solve the given problem.
CO 4. Apply and analyze dynamic programming approaches to solve some problems. and improve an
algorithm time efficiency by sacrificing space.
CO 5. Apply and analyze backtracking, branch and bound methods and to describe P, NP and NP-
Complete problems.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester

Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester

Practical Sessions need to be assessed by appropriate rubrics and viva-voce method. This will
contribute to 20 marks.

• Rubrics for each Experiment taken average for all Lab components - 15 Marks.

• Viva-Voce- 5 Marks (more emphasized on demonstration topics)

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and practical sessions will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Textbooks

1. Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Anany Levitin: 2nd Edition, 2009. Pearson.
2. Computer Algorithms/C++, Ellis Horowitz, SatrajSahni and Rajasekaran, 2nd Edition, 2014,
Universities Press.

Reference Books

1. Introduction to Algorithms, Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L. Rivest, Clifford

Stein, 3rd Edition, PHI.
2. Design and Analysis of Algorithms, S. Sridhar, Oxford (Higher Education)
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/econtent/courses/video/CSE/06CS43.html
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/101/106101060/
3. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/econtent/courses/video/FEP/ADA.html
4. http://cse01-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/
5. http://openclassroom.stanford.edu/MainFolder/CoursePage.php?course=IntroToAlgorithms

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1. Real world problem solving and puzzles using group discussion. E.g., Fake coin identification,
Peasant, wolf, goat, cabbage puzzle, Konigsberg bridge puzzle etc.,
2. Demonstration of solution to a problem through programming.
IV
Semester MICROCONTROLLER AND EMB EDDED SYSTEMS
Course Code 21CS43 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 T + 20P Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:
CLO 1: Understand the fundamentals of ARM-based systems, including programming modules with
registers and the CPSR.
CLO 2: Use the various instructions to program the ARM controller.
CLO 3: Program various embedded components using the embedded C program.
CLO 4: Identify various components, their purpose, and their application to the embedded system's
applicability.
CLO 5: Understand the embedded system's real-time operating system and its application in IoT.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. The lecturer method (L) does not mean only the traditional lecture method, but different
types of teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show video/animation films to explain the functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (group learning) learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in multiple representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world, and when that's possible, it helps
improve the students' understanding.
Module-1

Microprocessors versus Microcontrollers, ARM Embedded Systems: The RISC design philosophy, The
ARM Design Philosophy, Embedded System Hardware, Embedded System Software.

ARM Processor Fundamentals: Registers, Current Program Status Register, Pipeline, Exceptions,
Interrupts, and the Vector Table, Core Extensions
Laboratory Component:
1. Using Keil software, observe the various registers, dump, CPSR, with a simple ALP
programme.
Teaching-Learning Process
1. Demonstration of registers, memory access, and CPSR in a
programme module.
2. For concepts, numerical, and discussion, use chalk and a
whiteboard, as well as a PowerPoint presentation.
Module-2
Introduction to the ARM Instruction Set: Data Processing Instructions , Branch Instructions,
Software Interrupt Instructions, Program Status Register Instructions, Coprocessor Instructions,
Loading Constants
C Compilers and Optimization :Basic C Data Types, C Looping Structures, Register Allocation,
Function Calls, Pointer Aliasing,

Textbook 1: Chapter 3: Sections 3.1 to 3.6 (Excluding 3.5.2), Chapter 5

Laboratory Component:
2. Write aprogram tofind the sum of the first 10 integer numbers.
3. Write aprogram tofind the factorial of a number.
4. Write aprogram toadd an array of 16 bit numbers and store the 32 bit result in internal RAM.
5. Write aprogram tofind the square of a number (1 to 10) using a look-up table.
6. Write a program to find the largest or smallest number in an array of 32 numbers.

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration of sample code using Keil software.

2. Laboratory Demonstration
Module-3
C Compilers and Optimization Structure Arrangement, Bit-fields, Unaligned Data and Endianness,
Division, Floating Point, Inline Functions and Inline Assembly, Portability Issues.

ARM programming using Assembly language: Writing Assembly code, Profiling and cycle counting,
instruction scheduling, Register Allocation, Conditional Execution, Looping Constructs

Textbook 1: Chapter-5,6
Laboratory Component:
1. Write a program to arrange a series of 32 bit numbers in ascending/descending order.
2. Write a program to count the number of ones and zeros in two consecutive memory
locations.
3. Display “Hello World” message using Internal UART.

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration of sample code using Keil software.

2. Chalk and Board for numerical
Module-4
Embedded System Components: Embedded Vs General computing system, History of embedded
systems, Classification of Embedded systems, Major applications areas of embedded systems, purpose
of embedded systems.
Core of an Embedded System including all types of processor/controller, Memory, Sensors, Actuators,
LED, 7 segment LED display, stepper motor, Keyboard, Push button switch, Communication Interface
(onboard and external types), Embedded firmware, Other system components.

Textbook 2: Chapter 1 (Sections 1.2 to 1.6), Chapter 2 (Sections 2.1 to 2.6)

Laboratory Component:
1. Interface and Control a DC Motor.
2. Interface a Stepper motor and rotate it in clockwise and anti-clockwise direction.
3. Determine Digital output for a given Analog input using Internal ADC of ARM controller.
4. Interface a DAC and generate Triangular and Square waveforms.
5. Interface a 4x4 keyboard and display the key code on an LCD.
6. Demonstrate the use of an external interrupt to toggle an LEDOn/Off.
7. Display the Hex digits 0 to F on a 7-segment LED interface, with an appropriate delay in
between.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration of sample code for various embedded
components using keil.
2. Chalk and Board for numerical and discussion
Module-5
 RTOS and IDE for Embedded System Design: Operating System basics, Types of operating systems,
Task, process and threads (Only POSIX Threads with an example program), Thread preemption,
Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Communication (without any program), Task synchronization
issues - Racing and Deadlock, Concept of Binary and counting semaphores (Mutex example without any
program), How to choose an RTOS, Integration and testing of Embedded hardware and firmware,
Embedded system Development Environment - Block diagram (excluding Keil),
Disassembler/decompiler, simulator, emulator and debugging techniques, target hardware debugging,
boundary scan.

Textbook 2: Chapter-10 (Sections 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4,10.7, 10.8.1.1, 10.8.1.2, 10.8.2.2, 10.10
only), Chapter 12, Chapter-13 ( block diagram before 13.1, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5, 13.6 only)

Laboratory Component:
1. Demonstration of IoT applications by using Arduino and Raspberry Pi
Teaching-Learning Process
1. Chalk and Board for numerical and discussion
2. Significance of real time operating system[RTOS] using
raspberry pi

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO 1. Explain C-Compilers and optimization
CO 2. Describe the ARM microcontroller's architectural features and program module.
CO 3. Apply the knowledge gained from programming on ARM to different applications.
CO 4. Program the basic hardware components and their application selection method.
CO 5. Demonstrate the need for a real-time operating system for embedded system applications.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester

Practical Sessions need to be assessed by appropriate rubrics and viva-voce method. This will
contribute to 20 marks.

• Rubrics for each Experiment taken average for all Lab components - 15 Marks.
• Viva-Voce- 5 Marks (more emphasized on demonstration topics)

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and practical sessions will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Andrew N Sloss, Dominic Symes and Chris Wright, ARM system developers guide, Elsevier,
Morgan Kaufman publishers, 2008.
2. Shibu K V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, Private Limited, 2 nd
Edition.
Reference Books
1. Raghunandan. G.H, Microcontroller (ARM) and Embedded System, Cengage learning
Publication,2019
2. The Insider’s Guide to the ARM7 Based Microcontrollers, Hitex Ltd.,1st edition, 2005.
3. Steve Furber, ARM System-on-Chip Architecture, Second Edition, Pearson, 2015.
4. Raj Kamal, Embedded System, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2008.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

IV
Semester OPERATING SYSTEMS
Course Code: 21CS44 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P:S) 2:020:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:

CLO 1. Demonstrate the need for OS and different types of OS

CLO 2. Apply suitable techniques for management of different resources
CLO 3. Use processor, memory, storage and file system commands
CLO 4. Realize the different concepts of OS in platform of usage through case studies
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer methods (L) need not to be only traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. IntroduceTopics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
Module-1
Introduction to operating systems, System structures: What operating systems do; Computer
System organization; Computer System architecture; Operating System structure; Operating System
operations; Process management; Memory management; Storage management; Protection and
Security; Distributed system; Special-purpose systems; Computing environments.

Operating System Services: User - Operating System interface; System calls; Types of system calls;
System programs; Operating system design and implementation; Operating System structure; Virtual
machines; Operating System generation; System boot.

Process Management: Process concept; Process scheduling; Operations on processes; Inter process
communication

Textbook 1: Chapter - 1,2,3

Teaching-Learning Process Active learning and problem solving
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vBURTt97EkA&list=PLBlnK
6fEyqRiVhbXDGLXDk OQAeuVcp2O
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a2B69vCtjOU&list=PL3-
wYxbt4yCjpcfUDz-TgD ainZ2K3MUZ&index=2

Module-2
 Multi-threaded Programming: Overview; Multithreading models; Thread Libraries; Threading issues.
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts; Scheduling Criteria; Scheduling Algorithms; Multiple-processor
scheduling; Thread scheduling.

Process Synchronization: Synchronization: The critical section problem; Peterson’s solution;

Synchronization hardware; Semaphores; Classical problems of synchronization; Monitors.

Textbook 1: Chapter - 4,5

Teaching-Learning Process
Active Learning and problem solving
1.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HW2Wcx-ktsc
2.https: //www.youtube.com/watch?v=9YRxhlvt9Zo
Module-3

Deadlocks: Deadlocks; System model; Deadlock characterization; Methods for handling deadlocks;
Deadlock prevention; Deadlock avoidance; Deadlock detection and recovery from deadlock.

Memory Management: Memory management strategies: Background; Swapping; Contiguous memory

allocation; Paging; Structure of page table; Segmentation.
Teaching-Learning Process
Active Learning, Problem solving based on deadlock with animation
1. https: / / www.youtube.com/ watch?v=MY gmmJJfdB g
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y14b7_T3AEw&list=P
LEJxKK7AcSEGPOCFtQTJhOElU44J_JAun&index=30
Module-4

Virtual Memory Management: Background; Demand paging; Copy-on-write; Page replacement;

Allocation of frames; Thrashing.

File System, Implementation of File System: File system: File concept; Access methods; Directory
structure; File system mounting; File sharing; Protection: Implementing File system: File system
structure; File system implementation; Directory implementation; Allocation methods; Free space
management.
Teaching-Learning Process Active learning about memory management and File system
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p|6qrCB8pDw&list=P
LlY8eNdw5tW-BxRY0yK3fYTYVqytw8qhp
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-orfFhvNBzY
Module-5
Secondary Storage Structures, Protection: Mass storage structures; Disk structure; Disk attachment;
Disk scheduling; Disk management; Swap space management. Protection: Goals of protection,
Principles of protection, Domain of protection, Access matrix, Implementation of access matrix, Access
control, Revocation of access rights, Capability- Based systems.

Case Study: The Linux Operating System: Linux history; Design principles; Kernel modules; Process
management; Scheduling; Memory Management; File systems, Input and output; Inter-process
communication.

Textbook 1: Chapter - 2,21

Teaching-Learning Process Active learning about case studies
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TTBkc5eiju4
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8hkvMRGTzCM&list=
PLEAYkSg4uSQ2PAch478muxnoeTNz QeU|&index=36
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mX1FEur4VCw
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 CO 1. Identify the structure of an operating system and its scheduling mechanism.
CO 2. Demonstrate the allocation of resources for a process using scheduling algorithm.
CO 3. Identify root causes of deadlock and provide the solution for deadlock elimination
CO 4. Explore about the storage structures and learn about the Linux Operating system.
CO 5. Analyze Storage Structures and Implement Customized Case study

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination
(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scred shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Principles 7th edition,
Wiley-India, 2006

Reference Books

2. Ann McHoes Ida M Fylnn, Understanding Operating System, Cengage Learning, 6th Edition
3. D.M Dhamdhere, Operating Systems: A Concept Based Approach 3rd Ed, McGraw- Hill, 2013.
4. P.C.P. Bhatt, An Introduction to Operating Systems: Concepts and Practice 4th Edition, PHI(EEE),
2014.
5. William Stallings Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles, 6th Edition, Pearson.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vBURTt97EkA&list=PLBlnK6fEyqRiVhbXDGLXDk OQAe
uVcp2O
 2. https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=783KAB -
tuE4&list=PLIemF3uozcAKTgsCIj82voMK3TMR0YE_f
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3-
ITLMMeeXY&list=PL3pGy4HtqwD0n7bQfHjPnsWzkeR-n6mkO

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

• Real world problem solving using group discussion.
• Role play for process scheduling.
• Present animation for Deadlock.
• Real world examples of memory management concepts
IV
Semester PYTHON PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
Course Code 21CSL46 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Weeks (L: T: P: S) 0: 0: 2: 0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 24 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 03

Course Objectives:
CLO 1. Demonstrate the use of IDLE or PyCharm IDE to create Python Applications
CLO 2. Using Python programming language to develop programs for solving real-world problems
CLO 3. Implement the Object-Oriented Programming concepts in Python.
CLO 4. Appraise the need for working with various documents like Excel, PDF, Word and Others
CLO 5. Demonstrate regular expression using python programming
Note: two hours tutorial is suggested for each laboratory sessions.
Prerequisite
• Students should be familiarized about Python installation and setting Python environment
• Usage of IDLE or IDE like PyCharm should be introduced
Python Installation: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kn1HF3oD19c
PyCharm Installation: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SZUNUB6nz3g
Sl. No. PART A - List of problems for which student should develop program and execute in
the Laboratory
Aim: Introduce the Python fundamentals, data types, operators, flow control and
exception handling in Python

a) Write a python program to find the best of two test average marks out of three test’s
marks accepted from the user.
b) Develop a Python program to check whether a given number is palindrome or not and
also count the number of occurrences of each digit in the input number.
1
Datatypes: https: / / www.youtube.com/watch?v=gCCVsvgR2KU
Operators: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v5MR5JnKcZI
Flow Control: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PqFKRqpHrjw
For loop: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0ZvaDa8eT5s
While loop: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HZARImviDxg
Exceptions: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6SPDvPK38tw

Aim: Demonstrating creation of functions, passing parameters and return values

a) Defined as a function F as Fn = Fn-1 + Fn-2. Write a Python program which accepts a

value for N (where N >0) as input and pass this value to the function. Display
suitable error message if the condition for input value is not followed.
b) Develop a python program to convert binary to decimal, octal to hexadecimal using
2 functions.

Functions: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BVfCWuca9nw
Arguments: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ijXMGpoMkhQ
Return value: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nuNXiEDnM44

Aim: Demonstration of manipulation of strings using string methods

3 a) Write a Python program that accepts a sentence and find the number of words, digits,
uppercase letters and lowercase letters.
 b) Write a Python program to find the string similarity between two given strings
Sample Output: Sample Output:
Original string: Original string:
Python Exercises Python Exercises
Python Exercises Python Exercise
Similarity between two said strings: Similarity between two said strings:
1.0 0.967741935483871

Strings: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lSItwlnF0eU
String functions: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9a3CxJyTq00

Aim: Discuss different collections like list, tuple and dictionary

a) Write a python program to implement insertion sort and merge sort using lists
b) Write a program to convert roman numbers in to integer values using dictionaries.

Lists: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eaz5e6M8tL4
4 List methods: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8-RDVWGktuI
Tuples: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bdS4dHIJGBc
Tuple operations: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TItKabcTTQ4
Dictionary: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4Q0pW8XBOkc
Dictionary methods: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oLeNHuORpNY

Aim: Demonstration of pattern recognition with and without using regular expressions

a) Write a function called isphonenumber () to recognize a pattern 415-555-4242

without using regular expression and also write the code to recognize the same
pattern using regular expression.
5 b) Develop a python program that could search the text in a file for phone numbers
(+919900889977) and email addresses (sample@gmail.com)

Regular expressions: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LnzFnZfHLS4

Aim: Demonstration of reading, writing and organizing files.

a) Write a python program to accept a file name from the user and perform the
following operations
1. Display the first N line of the file
2. Find the frequency of occurrence of the word accepted from the user in
the
6 file
b) Write a python program to create a ZIP file of a particular folder which contains
several files inside it.

Files: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vuyb7CxZgbU
https: //www.youtube.com/watch?v=FqcjKewJTQ0

File organization: https: / / www.youtube.com/ watch?v= M Ruq3S RXs es

7 Aim: Demonstration of the concepts of classes, methods, objects and inheritance
 a) By using the concept of inheritance write a python program to find the area of
triangle, circle and rectangle.
b) Write a python program by creating a class called Employee to store the details of
Name, Employee_ID, Department and Salary, and implement a method to update
salary of employees belonging to a given department.

OOP’s concepts: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qiSCMNBIP2g

Inheritance: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cn7AkDb4pIU

Aim: Demonstration of classes and methods with polymorphism and overriding

a) Write a python program to find the whether the given input is palindrome or not (for
8 both string and integer) using the concept of polymorphism and inheritance.

Overriding: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CcTzTuIsoFk
Aim: Demonstration of working with excel spreadsheets and web scraping

a) Write a python program to download the all XKCD comics

b) Demonstrate python program to read the data from the spreadsheet and write the
data in to the spreadsheet
9
Web scraping: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ng2o98k983k

Excel: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nsKNPHJ9iPc

Aim: Demonstration of working with PDF, word and JSON files

a) Write a python program to combine select pages from many PDFs

b) Write a python program to fetch current weather data from the JSON file

PDFs: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q70xzDG6nls
https: //www.youtube.com/watch?v=JhQVD7Y1bsA
10
https: //www.youtube.com/watch?v=FcrW-ESdY-A

Word files: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZU3cSl51jWE

JSON files: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9N6a-VLBa2I

Python (Full Course): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_uQrJ0TkZlc

For the above experiments the following pedagogy can be considered. Problem based
Pedagogy
learning, Active learning, MOOC, Chalk &Talk
PART B - Practical Based Learning
A problem statement for each batch is to be generated in consultation with the co-examiner and
student should develop an algorithm, program and execute the program for the given problem with
appropriate outputs.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1. Demonstrate proficiency in handling of loops and creation of functions.
CO 2. Identify the methods to create and manipulate lists, tuples and dictionaries.
CO 3. Discover the commonly used operations involving regular expressions and file system.
CO 4. Interpret the concepts of Object-Oriented Programming as used in Python.
CO 5. Determine the need for scraping websites and working with PDF, JSON and other file formats.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The
student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination (SEE). The
student has to secure 40% of sum of the maximum marks of CIE and SEE to qualify in the course.

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by
the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning
of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up
will be evaluated for 10 marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge
will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).

The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is
the total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):

• SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script
to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation
rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type,
rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
• Students can pick one experiment from the questions lot of PART A with equal choice to all the
students in a batch. For PART B examiners should frame a question for each batch, student should
develop an algorithm, program, execute and demonstrate the results with appropriate output for
the given problem.
• Weightage of marks for PART A is 80% and for PART B is 20%. General rubrics suggested to be
followed for part A and part B.
 • Change of experiment is allowed only once and Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made
zero (Not allowed for Part B).
• The duration of SEE is 03 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Textbooks:
1. Al Sweigart, “Automate the Boring Stuff with Python”,1stEdition, No Starch Press, 2015.
(Available under CC-BY-NC-SA license at https://automatetheboringstuff.com/)
2. Reema Thareja “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach” Oxford University
Press.
3. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist”,
2nd Edition, Green Tea Press, 2015. (Available under CC-BY-NC license at
http://greenteapress.com/thinkpython2/thinkpython2.pdf)
IV
Semester
WEB PROGRAMMING (Practical based)
Course Code 21CSL481 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 12T+12P Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 02
Course Objectives:
CLO 1. Learn Web tool box and history of web browsers.
CLO 2. Learn HTML, XHTML tags with utilizations.
CLO 3. Know CSS with dynamic document utilizations.
CLO 4. Learn JavaScript with Element access in JavaScript.
CLO 5. Logically plan and develop web pages..
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Introduction to WEB Programming: Internet, WWW, Web Browsers, and Web Servers, URLs, MIME,
HTTP, Security, The Web Programmers Toolbox.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1(1.1 to 1.9)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, practical based learning
Module-2
HTML and XHTML: Origins of HTML and XHTML, Basic syntax, Standard XHTML document structure,
Basic text markup, Images, Hypertext Links, Lists, Tables. Forms,
Frames in HTML and XHTML, Syntactic differences between HTML and XHTML.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2(2.1 to 2.10)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration, presentation,
problem solving
Module-3
CSS: Introduction, Levels of style sheets, Style specification formats, Selector forms, Property value
forms, Font properties, List properties, Color, Alignment of text, Background images, tags.

Textbook 1: Chapter 3(3.1 to 3.12)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration, problem solving
Module-4
Java Script - I: Object orientation and JavaScript; General syntactic characteristics; Primitives,
Operations, and expressions; Screen output and keyboard input.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4(4.1 to 4.5)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Practical based learning, practical’s
Module-5
Java Script - II: Control statements, Object creation and Modification; Arrays; Functions; Constructor;
Pattern matching using expressions; Errors, Element access in JavaScript.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4(4.6 to 4.14)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Describe the fundamentals of web and concept of HTML.
CO 2. Use the concepts of HTML, XHTML to construct the web pages.
CO 3. Interpret CSS for dynamic documents.
CO 4. Evaluate different concepts of JavaScript & Construct dynamic documents.
CO 5. Design a small project with JavaScript and XHTML.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
NOTE: List of experiments to be prepared by the faculty based on the syllabus mentioned above
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments
designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students
at the beginning of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-
up
will be evaluated for 10 marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge
will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
• SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to
 be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics
shall be decided jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type,
rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
• The duration of SEE is 02 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Textbooks
1. Robert W Sebesta, “Programming the World Wide Web”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.

Reference Books
2. M.Deitel, P.J.Deitel, A.B.Goldberg, “Internet & World Wide Web How to program”, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education / PHI, 2004.
3. Chris Bates, “Web Programming Building Internet Applications”, 3rd Edition, Wiley India, 2006.
4. Xue Bai et al, “The Web Warrior Guide to Web Programming”, Thomson, 2003.
5. Sklar, “The Web Warrior Guide to Web Design Technologies”, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning
India________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Fundamentals of WEB Programming: https://www.youtube.com/watch2vHDR9dr6gxhDM
2. HTML and XHTML: https://www.youtube.com/watch2vHA1XlIDDXgwg
3. CSS: https://www.youtube.com/watch2vHj35jug1uHzE
4. Java Script and HTML Documents: https://www.youtube.com/watch2vHGd0RBdFRvF0
5. Dynamic Documents with JavaScript: https://www.youtube.com/watch2vHHTFSIJALNKc

Tutorial Link:
1. http://www.tutorialspoint.com
2. http://www.w3schools.com
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Demonstration of simple projects
IV
Semester
U IX SHELL RAMMING
Course Code N 21CS482
PROG CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 12 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course Objectives:
CLO 1. To help the students to understand effective use of Unix concepts, commands and
terminology.
CLO 2. Identify, access, and evaluate UNIX file system.
CLO 3. Understand UNIX command syntax and semantics.
CLO 4. Ability to read and understand specifications, scripts and programs.
CLO 5. Analyze Facility
Teaching-Learning with(General
Process UNIX Process.
Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Introduction of UNIX - Introduction, History, Architecture, Experience the Unix environment, Basic
commands ls, cat, cal, date, calendar, who, printf, tty, sty, uname, passwd, echo, tput, and bc.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1(1.1 to 1.4) , Chapter 2- 2.1

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, practical based learning
Module-2
UNIX File System- The file, what’s in a filename? The parent-child relationship, pwd, the Home
directory, absolute pathnames, using absolute pathnames for a command, cd, mkdir, rmdir, Relative
pathnames, The UNIX file system.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration, presentation,
problem solving
Module-3
Basic File Attributes - Is - l, the -d option, File Permissions, chmod, Security and File Permission, users
and groups, security level, changing permission, user masks, changing ownership and group, File
Attributes, More file attributes: hard link, symbolic link, umask, find.

Textbook 1: Chapter 6
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration, problem solving
Module-4
Introduction to the Shell Scripting - Introduction to Shell Scripting, Shell Scripts, read, Command
Line Arguments, Exit Status of a Command, The Logical Operators && and ||, exit, if, and case
conditions, expr, sleep and wait, while, until, for, $, @, redirection. The here document, set, trap, Sample
Validation and Data Entry Scripts.

Textbook 1: Chapter 11,12,14

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Practical based learning, practical’s
Module-5
Introduction to UNIX System process: Mechanism of process creation. Parent and child process. The
ps command with its options. Executing a command at a specified point of time: at command. Executing
a command periodically: cron command and the crontab file.. Signals.

Textbook 1: Chapter 9,19

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Know the basics of Unix concepts and commands.
CO 2. Evaluate the UNIX file system.
CO 3. Apply Changes in file system.
CO 4. Understand scripts and programs.
CO 5. Analyze Facility with UNIX system process
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 01 hours)
SEE paper will be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 01 hours
Textbooks
 1. Unix Concepts & Applications 4rth Edition, Sumitabha Das, Tata McGraw Hill References:
2. Unix Shell Programming, Yashwant Kanetkar
3. Introduction to UNIX by M G Venkatesh Murthy.

Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=ffYU fAqEamY
2. https:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q05NZiYFcD0
3. https:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=8GdT53 KDIyY
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=3Pga3y7rCgo

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

• Real world problem solving using group discussion.
• Real world examples of Linux operating system Utilizations.
IV
Semester

R PROGRAMMING (Practical based)

Course Code 21CSL483 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 12T+12P Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 02
Course Objectives:
CLO 1. Explore and understand how R and R Studio interactive environment.
CLO 2. To learn and practice programming techniques using R programming.
CLO 3. Read Structured Data into R from various sources.
CLO 4. Understand the different data Structures, data types in R.
CLO 5. To develop small applications using R Programming
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Numeric, Arithmetic, Assignment, and Vectors: R for Basic Math, Arithmetic, Variables, Functions,
Vectors, Expressions and assignments Logical expressions.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2(2.1 to 2.7)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, practical based learning
Module-2
Matrices and Arrays: Defining a Matrix, Sub-setting, Matrix Operations, Conditions and Looping: if
statements, looping with for, looping with while, vector based programming.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2- 2.8, chapter 3- 3.2 to 3.5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration, presentation,
problem solving
Module-3
Lists and Data Frames: Data Frames, Lists, Special values, The apply facmily.

Textbook 1: Chapter 6- 6.2 to 6.4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration, problem solving
Module-4
Functions: Calling functions, scoping, Arguments matching, writing functions: The function command,
Arguments, specialized function.

Textbook 1: Chapter 5- 5.1 to 5.6

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Practical based learning, practical’s
Module-5
Pointers: packages, frames, de bugging, manipulation of code, compilation of the code.

Textbook 1: Chapter 8- 8.1 to 8.8

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. To understand the fundamental syntax of R through readings, practice exercises,
CO 2. To demonstrations, and writing R code.
CO 3. To apply critical programming language concepts such as data types, iteration,
CO 4. To understand control structures, functions, and Boolean operators by writing R
programs and through examples
CO 5. To import a variety of data formats into R using R-Studio
CO 6. To prepare or tidy data for in preparation for analyze.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
NOTE: List of experiments to be prepared by the faculty based on the syllabus mentioned above
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments
designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students
at the beginning of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-
up
will be evaluated for 10 marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge
will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
• SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer
script to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement
evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
 /external examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type,
rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
• The duration of SEE is 02 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Textbooks
1. Jones, O., Maillardet. R. and Robinson, A. (2014). Introduction to Scientific Programming and
Simulation Using R. Chapman & Hall/CRC, The R Series.
References:
1. Michael J. Crawley, “Statistics: An Introduction using R”, Second edition, Wiley,2015________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Wickham, H. & Grolemund, G. (2018). for Data Science. O’Reilly: New York. Available for free at
http://r4ds.had.co.nz
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
• Demonstration of simple projects
IV
Semester
AUTOMATA THEORY AND COMPILER DESIGN
Course Code 21CS51 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Introduce the fundamental concepts of Automata Theory, Formal Languages and compiler
design
CLO 2. Principles Demonstrate Application of Automata Theory and Formal Languages in the field of
compiler design
CLO 3. Develop understanding of computation through Push Down Automata and Turing Machines
CLO 4. Introduce activities carried out in different phases of Phases compiler
CLO 5. Identify the undecidability problems.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) needs not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different approaches and encourage
the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Introduction to Automata Theory: Central Concepts of Automata theory, Deterministic Finite
Automata(DFA), Non- Deterministic Finite Automata(NFA) ,Epsilon- NFA, NFA to DFA Conversion,
Minimization of DFA

Introduction to Compiler Design: Language Processors, Phases of Compilers

Textbook 1: Chapter1 - 1.5, Chapter2 - 2.2,2.3,2.5 Chapter4 -4.4

Textbook 2: Chapter1 - 1.1 and 1.2
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Regular Expressions and Languages: Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular
Expressions, Proving Languages Not to Be Regular

Lexical Analysis Phase of compiler Design: Role of Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering , Specification of
Token, Recognition of Token.
 Textbook 1: Chapter3 - 3.1, 3.2, Chapter4- 4.1
Textbook 2: Chapter3- 3.1 to 3.4
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Context Free Grammars: Definition and designing CFGs, Derivations Using a Grammar, Parse Trees,
Ambiguity and Elimination of Ambiguity, Elimination of Left Recursion, Left Factoring.

Syntax Analysis Phase of Compilers: part-1: Role of Parser , Top-Down Parsing

Textbook 1: Chapter 5 - 5.1.1 to 5.1.6, 5.2 (5.2.1, 5.2.2), 5.4

Textbook 2: Chapter 4 - 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 (4.3.2 to 4.3.4) ,4.4
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Push Down Automata: Definition of the Pushdown Automata, The Languages of a PDA.

Syntax Analysis Phase of Compilers: Part-2: Bottom-up Parsing, Introduction to LR Parsing: SLR,
More Powerful LR parsers

Textbook1: Chapter 6 - 6.1, 6.2

Textbook2: Chapter 4 - 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 (Up to 4.7.4)
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & board, Problem based learning
Module-5
Introduction to Turing Machine: Problems that Computers Cannot Solve, The Turing machine,
problems, Programming Techniques for Turing Machine, Extensions to the Basic Turing Machine

Undecidability : A language That Is Not Recursively Enumerable, An Undecidable Problem That Is RE.

Other Phases of Compilers: Syntax Directed Translation- Syntax-Directed Definitions, Evaluation

Orders for SDD’s. Intermediate-Code Generation- Variants of Syntax Trees, Three-Address Code.

Code Generation- Issues in the Design of a Code Generator

Textbook1: Chapter 8 - 8.1, 8.2,8.3,8.4 Chapter 9 - 9.1,9.2

Textbook2: Chapter 5 - 5.1, 5.2, Chapter 6- 6.1,6.2 Chapter 8- 8.1
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Acquire fundamental understanding of the core concepts in automata theory and Theory of
Computation
CO 2. Design and develop lexical analyzers, parsers and code generators
CO 3. Design Grammars and Automata (recognizers) for different language classes and become
knowledgeable about restricted models of Computation (Regular, Context Free) and their
relative powers.
CO 4. Acquire fundamental understanding of the structure of a Compiler and Apply concepts
automata theory and Theory of Computation to design Compilers
CO 5. Design computations models for problems in Automata theory and adaptation of such model
in the field of compilers

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/
course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination
(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
1. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
2. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
1. At the end of the 13th week of the semester

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and
will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers
for the subject (duration 03 hours)
2. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks and Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
3. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
4. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:

Textbooks
1. John E Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani, Jeffrey D. Ullman,“ Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages
and Computation”, Third Edition, Pearson.
2. Alfred V.Aho, Monica S.Lam,Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, “ Compilers Principles, Techniques and
Tools”, Second Edition,Perason.
Reference:
1. Elain Rich, “Automata,Computability and complexity”, 1st Edition, Pearson Education,2018.
2. K.L.P Mishra, N Chandrashekaran , 3rd Edition , ‘Theory of Computer Science”,PHI,2012.
3. Peter Linz, “An introduction to Formal Languages and Automata “, 3rd Edition, Narosa
Publishers,1998.
4. K Muneeswaran, ”Compiler Design”, Oxford University Press 2013.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106049/#
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104123/
3. https://www.jflap.org/

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Group Activities, quizzes, Puzzles and presentations
V Semester

COMPUTER NETWORKS
Course Code: 21CS52 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40T+20P Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:

CLO 1. Fundamentals of data communication networks.

CLO 2. Software and hardware interfaces
CLO 3. Application of various physical components and protocols
CLO 4. Communication challenges and remedies in the networks.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
Module-1

Introduction to networks: Network hardware, Network software, Reference models,

Physical Layer: Guided transmission media, Wireless transmission

Laboratory Component:
1. Implement Three nodes point - to - point network with duplex links between them for different
topologies. 1Set the queue size, vary the bandwidth, and find the number of packets dropped
for various iterations.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration

Module-2
The Data link layer: Design issues of DLL, Error detection and correction, Elementary data link
protocols, Sliding window protocols.

The medium access control sublayer: The channel allocation problem, Multiple access protocols.

Textbook 1: Ch.3.1 to 3.4, Ch.4.1 and 4.2

Laboratory Component:
1. Implement simple ESS and with transmitting nodes in wire-less LAN by simulation and
determine the throughput with respect to transmission of packets
 2. Write a program for error detecting code using CRC-CCITT (16- bits).

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration

Module-3
The Network Layer:
Network Layer Design Issues, Routing Algorithms, Congestion Control Algorithms, QoS.

Textbook 1: Ch 5.1 to 5.4

Laboratory Component:
1. Implement transmission of ping messages/trace route over a network topology consisting of
6
nodes and find the number of packets dropped due to congestion in the network.
2. Write a program to find the shortest path between vertices using bellman-ford algorithm.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
The Transport Layer: The Transport Service, Elements of transport protocols, Congestion control,
The internet transport protocols.

Textbook 1: Ch 6.1 to 6.4 and 6.5.1 to 6.5.7

Laboratory Component:
1. Implement an Ethernet LAN using n nodes and set multiple traffic nodes and plot congestion
window for different source / destination.
2. Write a program for congestion control using leaky bucket algorithm.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-5
Application Layer: Principles of Network Applications, The Web and HTTP, Electronic Mail in the
Internet, DNS—The Internet’s Directory Service.

Textbook 2: Ch 2.1 to 2.4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Learn the basic needs of communication system.
CO 2. Interpret the communication challenges and its solution.
CO 3. Identify and organize the communication system network components
CO 4. Design communication networks for user requirements.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester

Practical Sessions need to be assessed by appropriate rubrics and viva-voce method. This will
contribute to 20 marks.
 • Rubrics for each Experiment taken average for all Lab components - 15 Marks.
• Viva-Voce- 5 Marks (more emphasized on demonstration topics)

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and practical sessions will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Computer-Networks- Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, Pearson Education, 5th-
Edition. (www.pearsonhighered.com/tanenbaum)
2. Computer Networking A Top-Down Approach -James F. Kurose and Keith W. RossPearson
Education 7th Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan, Data and Communications and Networking, Fifth Edition, McGraw
Hill,Indian Edition
2. Larry L Peterson and Brusce S Davie, Computer Networks, fifth edition, ELSEVIER________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/106105183/L01.html
2. http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/106105081/L25.html
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105081
4. VTU e-Shikshana Program________________________________________________________________________________
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Simulation of Personal area network, Home area network, achieve QoS etc.
Note: For the Simulation experiments modify the topology and parameters set for the experiment and
take multiple rounds of reading and analyze the results available in log files. Plot necessary graphs and
conclude using NS2. Installation procedure of the required software must be demonstrated, carried out in
groups, and documented in the report. Non simulation programs can be implemented using Java

V Semester

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Code 21CS53 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
 CLO 1. Provide a strong foundation in database concepts, technology, and practice.
CLO 2. Practice SQL programming through a variety of database problems.
CLO 3. Demonstrate the use of concurrency and transactions in database
CLO 4. Design and build database applications for real world problems.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction to Databases: Introduction, Characteristics of database approach, Advantages of using
the DBMS approach, History of database applications.

Overview of Database Languages and Architectures: Data Models, Schemas, and Instances. Three
schema
architecture and data independence, database languages, and interfaces, The Database System
environment.

Conceptual Data Modelling using Entities and Relationships: Entity types, Entity sets, attributes,
roles, and structural constraints, Weak entity types, ER diagrams, Examples

Textbook 1: Ch 1.1 to 1.8, 2.1 to 2.6, 3.1 to 3.7

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Relational Model: Relational Model Concepts, Relational Model Constraints and relational database
schemas, Update operations, transactions, and dealing with constraint violations.

Relational Algebra: Unary and Binary relational operations, additional relational operations
(aggregate, grouping, etc.) Examples of Queries in relational algebra.

Mapping Conceptual Design into a Logical Design: Relational Database Design using ER-to-
Relational mapping.

Textbook 1:, Ch 5.1 to 5.3, 8.1 to 8.5, 9.1;

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
SQL: SQL data definition and data types, specifying constraints in SQL, retrieval queries in SQL, INSERT,
DELETE, and UPDATE statements in SQL, Additional features of SQL.
Advances Queries: More complex SQL retrieval queries, Specifying constraints as assertions and
action triggers, Views in SQL, Schema change statements in SQL.
Database

Application Development: Accessing databases from applications, An introduction to JDBC, JDBC

classes and interfaces, SQLJ, Stored procedures, Case study: The internet Bookshop.

Textbook 1: Ch 6.1 to 6.5, 7.1 to 7.4; Textbook 2: 6.1 to 6.6;

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Normalization: Database Design Theory - Introduction to Normalization using Functional and
Multivalued Dependencies: Informal design guidelines for relation schema, Functional Dependencies,
Normal Forms based on Primary Keys, Second and Third Normal Forms, Boyce-Codd Normal Form,
Multivalued Dependency and Fourth Normal Form, Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form.
Examples on normal forms.

Normalization Algorithms: Inference Rules, Equivalence, and Minimal Cover, Properties of Relational
Decompositions, Algorithms for Relational Database Schema Design, Nulls, Dangling tuples, and
alternate Relational Designs, Further discussion of Multivalued dependencies and 4NF, Other
dependencies and Normal Forms

Textbook 1: Ch 14.1 to -14.7, 15.1 to 15.6

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning

Module-5
Transaction Processing: Introduction to Transaction Processing, Transaction and System concepts,
Desirable properties of Transactions, Characterizing schedules based on recoverability, Characterizing
schedules based on Serializability, Transaction support in SQL.

Concurrency Control in Databases: Two-phase locking techniques for Concurrency control,

Concurrency control based on Timestamp ordering, Multiversion Concurrency control techniques,
Validation Concurrency control techniques, Granularity of Data items and Multiple Granularity Locking.

Textbook 1: Ch 20.1 to 20.6, 21.1 to 21.7;

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Identify, analyze and define database objects, enforce integrity constraints on a database using
RDBMS
CO 2. Use Structured Query Language (SQL) for database manipulation and also demonstrate the
basic of query evaluation.
CO 3. Design and build simple database systems and relate the concept of transaction,
concurrency control and recovery in database
CO 4. Develop application to interact with databases, relational algebra expression.
CO 5. Develop applications using tuple and domain relation expression from queries.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and
will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers
for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, 7th Edition, 2017,
Pearson.
2. Database management systems, Ramakrishnan, and Gehrke, 3rd Edition, 2014, McGraw Hill

Reference Books:

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudarshan’s Database System Concepts 6th
EditionTata Mcgraw Hill Education Private Limited
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
2. https:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=3EJlovevfcA
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v59TwMRs3qTcU
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5ZWl0Xow304I
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v54YilEjkNPrQ
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5CZTkgMoqVss
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5Hl4NZB1XR9c
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5EGEwkad llA
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5t5hsV9lC1rU

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning Demonstration of
real time Database projects - E-commerce Platform, Inventory Management, Railway System,
College Data Management, Library Data Management, Solution for Saving Student Records,
Hospital Data Management, Blood Donation Management.
V
Semester

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AN D MACHINE LEARNING

Course Code 21CS54 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
CLO 1. Gain a historical perspective of AI and its foundations
CLO 2. Become familiar with basic principles of AI toward problem solving
CLO 3. Familiarize with the basics of Machine Learning & Machine Learning process, basics of
Decision Tree, and probability learning
CLO 4. Understand the working of Artificial Neural Networks and basic concepts of clustering
algorithms
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different logic and encourage the
students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction: What is AI? Foundations and History of AI

Problem-solving: Problem-solving agents, Example problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed

Search Strategies: Breadth First search, Depth First Search,

Textbook 1: Chapter 1- 1.1, 1.2, 1.3

Textbook 1: Chapter 3- 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4.1, 3.4.3

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning. Problem based learning
Module-2
Informed Search Strategies: Greedy best-first search, A*search, Heuristic functions. Introduction to
Machine Learning , Understanding Data

Textbook 1: Chapter 3 - 3.5, 3.5.1, 3.5.2, 3.6

Textbook 2: Chapter 1 and 2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration

Module-3
Basics of Learning theory Similarity Based Learning Regression Analysis
 Textbook 2: Chapter 3 - 3.1 to 3.4, Chapter 4, chapter 5.1 to 5.4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration

Module-4
Decision Tree learning
Bayesian Learning

Textbook 2: Chapter 6 and 8

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration

Module-5
Artificial neural Network Clustering Algorithms

Textbook 2: Chapter 10 and 13

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning.

Course Outcomes Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Apply the knowledge of searching and reasoning techniques for different applications.
CO 2. Have a good understanding of machine leaning in relation to other fields and fundamental
issues and challenges of machine learning.
CO 3. Apply the knowledge of classification algorithms on various dataset and compare results
CO 4. Model the neuron and Neural Network, and to analyze ANN learning and its applications.
CO 5. Identifying the suitable clustering algorithm for different pattern

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours) OR Suitable Programming experiments based on the syllabus contents
can be given to the students to submit the same as laboratory work( for example; Implementation of
concept learning, implementation of decision tree learning algorithm for suitable data set, etc...)

6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks

(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edition, Pearson,2015
2. S. Sridhar, M Vijayalakshmi “Machine Learning”. Oxford ,2021
Reference:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 3rdedition, Tata McGraw Hill,2013
2. George F Lugar, Artificial Intelligence Structure and strategies for complex, Pearson Education,
5th Edition, 2011
3. Tom Michel, Machine Learning, McGrawHill Publication.______________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://www.kdnuggets.com/2019/11/10-free-must-read-books-ai.html
2. https://www.udacity.com/course/knowledge-based-ai-cognitive-systems--ud409
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105077/
4. https://www.javatpoint.com/history-of-artificial-intelligence
5. https://www.tutorialandexample.com/problem-solving-in-artificial-intelligence
6. https://techvidvan.com/tutorials/ai-heuristic-search/
7. https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/machine-learning/
8. https://www.javatpoint.com/decision-tree-induction
9. https://www.hackerearth.com/practice/machine-learning/machine-learning-algorithms/ml-
decision-tree/ tutorial/
10. https://www.javatpoint.com/unsupervised-artificial-neural-networks
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Role play for strategies- DFS & BFS, Outlier detection in Banking and insurance transaction for identifying
fraudulent behaviour etc. Uncertainty and reasoning Problem- reliability of sensor used to detect
pedestrians using Bayes Rule
V
Semester
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LABORATORY WITH MINI 1OJECT
PR
Course Code 21CSL55 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 24 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:
CLO 1. Foundation knowledge in database concepts, technology and practice to groom students into
well-informed database application developers.
CLO 2. Strong practice in SQL programming through a variety of database problems.
CLO 3. Develop database applications using front-end tools and back-end DBMS..
Sl. PART-A: SQL Programming (Max. Exam Marks. 50)
No.
Design, develop, and implement the specified queries for the following problems using
Oracle, MySQL, MS SQL Server, or any other DBMS under LINUX/Windows environment.
Create Schema and insert at least 5 records for each table. Add appropriate database
constraints.
1 Aim: Demonstrating creation of tables, applying the view concepts on the tables.

ProgramConsider the following schema for a Library Database:

BOOK(Book_id, Title, Publisher_Name, Pub_Year)
BOOK_AUTHORS(Book_id, Author_Name)
PUBLISHER(Name, Address, Phone)
BOOK_COPIES(Book_id, Programme_id, No-of_Copies)
BOOK_LENDING(Book_id, Programme_id, Card_No, Date_Out, Due_Date)
LIBRARY_PROGRAMME(Programme_id, Programme_Name, Address)
Write SQL queries to
1. Retrieve details of all books in the library - id, title, name of publisher, authors,
number of copies in each Programme, etc.
2. Get the particulars of borrowers who have borrowed more than 3 books, but from
Jan 2017 to Jun 2017.
3. Delete a book in BOOK table. Update the contents of other tables to reflect this
data manipulation operation.
4. Partition the BOOK table based on year of publication. Demonstrate its working
with a simple query.
5. Create a view of all books and its number of copies that are currently available in
the Library.
Reference:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AaSU-AOguls
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-EwEvJxS-Fw
2 Aim: Discuss the various concepts on constraints and update operations.

Program: Consider the following schema for Order Database:

SALESMAN(Salesman_id, Name, City, Commission)
CUSTOMER(Customer_id, Cust_Name, City, Grade, Salesman_id)
ORDERS(Ord_No, Purchase_Amt, Ord_Date, Customer_id, Salesman_id)
Write SQL queries to
Count the customers with grades above Bangalore’s average.
2. Find the name and numbers of all salesman who had more than one customer.
3. List all the salesman and indicate those who have and don’t have customers in
their cities (Use UNION operation.)
4. Create a view that finds the salesman who has the customer with the highest order of
a day.
5. Demonstrate the DELETE operation by removing salesman with id 1000. All his
orders must also be deleted.

Reference:
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7S_tz1z_5bA
3 Aim: Demonstrate the concepts of JOIN operations.

Program: Consider the schema for Movie Database:

ACTOR(Act_id, Act_Name, Act_Gender)
DIRECTOR(Dir_id, Dir_Name, Dir_Phone)
MOVIES(Mov_id, Mov_Title, Mov_Year, Mov_Lang, Dir_id)
MOVIE_CAST(Act_id, Mov_id, Role)
RATING(Mov_id, Rev_Stars)
Write SQL queries to
1. List the titles of all movies directed by ‘Hitchcock’.
2. Find the movie names where one or more actors acted in two or more movies.
3. List all actors who acted in a movie before 2000 and also in a movie after 2015(use JOIN
operation).
4. Find the title of movies and number of stars for each movie that has at least one rating
and find the highest number of stars that movie received. Sort the result by movie title.
5. Update rating of all movies directed by ‘Steven Spielberg’ to 5.

Reference:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hSiCUNVK|Ao
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eod3aQkFz84

4 Aim: Introduce concepts of PLSQL and usage on the table.

Program: Consider the schema for College Database:

STUDENT(USN, SName, Address, Phone, Gender)
SEMSEC(SSID, Sem, Sec)
CLASS(USN, SSID)
COURSE(Subcode, Title, Sem, Credits)
IAMARKS(USN, Subcode, SSID, Test1, Test2, Test3, FinalIA)
Write SQL queries to
1. List all the student details studying in fourth semester ‘C’ section.
2. Compute the total number of male and female students in each semester and in
each section.
3. Create a view of Test1 marks of student USN ‘1BI15CS101’ in all Courses.
4. Calculate the FinalIA (average of best two test marks) and update the
corresponding table for all students.
5. Categorize students based on the following criterion:
If FinalIA = 17 to 20 then CAT = ‘Outstanding’
If FinalIA = 12 to 16 then CAT = ‘Average’
If FinalIA< 12 then CAT = ‘Weak’
Give these details only for 8th semester A, B, and C section students.

Reference:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=horUR0ewW9c
https: //www.youtube.com/watch?v=P7-wKb KrAhk
5 Aim: Demonstrate the core concepts on table like nested and correlated nesting queries
and also EXISTS and NOT EXISTS keywords.

Program: Consider the schema for Company Database:

EMPLOYEE(SSN, Name, Address, Sex, Salary, SuperSSN, DNo)
DEPARTMENT(DNo, DName, MgrSSN, MgrStartDate)
DLOCATION(DNo,DLoc)
PROJECT(PNo, PName, PLocation, DNo)
WORKS_ON(SSN, PNo, Hours)
Write SQL queries to
Make a list of all project numbers for projects that involve an employee whose last name is
‘Scott’, either as a worker or as a manager of the department that controls the project.
 Show the resulting salaries if every employee working on the ‘IoT’ project is given a 10
percent raise.
Find the sum of the salaries of all employees of the ‘Accounts’ department, as well as the
maximum salary, the minimum salary, and the average salary in this department
Retrieve the name of each employee who works on all the projects controlled by
department number 5 (use NOT EXISTS operator).
For each department that has more than five employees, retrieve the department number
and the number of its employees who are making more than Rs.6,00,000.

Reference:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dk8f3ejqKts

Pedago For the above experiments the following pedagogy can be considered. Problembased
gy learning, Active learning, MOOC, Chalk &Talk
PART B

Mini project: For any problem selected, make sure that the application should have five or
more tables. Indicative areas include: Organization, health care, Ecommerce etc.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Create, Update and query on the database.
CO 2. Demonstrate the working of different concepts of DBMS
CO 3. Implement, analyze and evaluate the project developed for an application.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE). The student has to secure a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.

Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with an observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the
faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the
practical session.
Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will
be evaluated for 10 marks.
Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th week
of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge
will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).

The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the total
CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):

• SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the
University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly
adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided
jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal /external
examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and
scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by
the examiners)
• Students can pick one experiment from the questions lot of PART A with an equal choice to all the students in a
batch. For PART B, the project group (Maximum of 4 students per batch) should demonstrate the mini-project.
• Weightage of marks for PART A is 60% and for PART B is 40%. General rubrics suggested to be followed for
part A and part B.
• Change of experiment is allowed only once and Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made zero (Not
allowed for Part B).
• The duration ofSEEis03 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book___________________________________________________________
Textbooks:
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, 7th Edition, 2017, Pearson.
2. Database management systems, Ramakrishnan, and Gehrke, 3rd Edition, 2014, McGraw Hill

Suggested Weblinks/ E Resource

https: //www.tutorialspoint.com/sql/index.htm
 Semester -
V
ANGULAR JS

Course Code 21CSL581/21CBL583 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Total marks 100
Examination type (SEE) PRACTICAL
Course objectives:
• To learn the basics of Angular JS framework.
• To understand the Angular JS Modules, Forms, inputs, expression, data bindings and Filters
• To gain experience of modern tool usage (VS Code, Atom or any other] in developing Web applications

Sl.NO Experiments
1 Develop Angular JS program that allows user to input their first name and last name and display their full
name. Note: The default values for first name and last name may be included in the program.
2 Develop an Angular JS application that displays a list of shopping items. Allow users to add and remove
items from the list using directives and controllers.Note: The default values of items may be included in
the program.

3 Develop a simple Angular JS calculator application that can perform basic mathematical operations
(addition, subtraction, multiplication, division) based on user input.
4
Write an Angular JS application that can calculate factorial and compute square based on given user input.

5 Develop AngularJS application that displays a details of students and their CGPA. Allow users to read the
number of students and display the count. Note: Student details may be included in the program.
6 Develop an AngularJS program to create a simple to-do list application. Allow users to add, edit, and delete
tasks.Note: The default values for tasks may be included in the program.
7 Write an AngularJS program to create a simple CRUD application (Create, Read, Update, and Delete) for
managing users.
8 DevelopAngularJS program to create a login form, with validation for the username and password fields.

9 Create an AngularJS application that displays a list of employees and their salaries. Allow users to search
for employees by name and salary. Note: Employee details may be included in the program.
10 Create AngularJS application that allows users to maintain a collection of items. The application should
display the current total number of items, and this count should automatically update as items are added
or removed. Users should be able to add items to the collection and remove them as needed.
Note: The default values for items may be included in the program.
11 Create AngularJS application to convert student details to Uppercase using angular filters.
Note: The default details of students may be included in the program.
12 Create an AngularJS application that displays the date by using date filter parameters

NOTE: Include necessary HTML elementsand CSS for the above Angular applications.

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Develop Angular JS programs using basic features
2. Develop dynamic Web applications using AngularJS modules
3. Make use of form validations and controls for interactive applications
4. Appy the concepts of Expressions, data bindings and filters in developing Angular JS programs
5. Make use of modern tools to develop Web applications

Updated as Practical Course on 03.11.2023

 Semester -
V
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks
out of 50) in the semester-end examination (SEE). The student has to secure a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the
sum totaloftheCIE(ContinuousInternalEvaluation)andSEE (SemesterEndExamination)takentogether.

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.

• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for the
evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the faculty who is handling the
laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the practicalsession.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be evaluated
for 10marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximummarks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up ontime.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8tA week of the
semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14'h week of thesemester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge willcarry
a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% forviva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability. Rubrics suggested
in Annexure-II of Regulationbook
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximummarks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the total CIE marks
scored by the student.

Semester End Evaluation (SEE):

• SEE marks for the practical course is 50Marks.

• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by
theUniversity
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practicalexamination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly
adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly
byexaminers.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by theinternal/external examiners
jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, write up -20%, Conduction procedureand result in - 60%,
Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored marks shall be
scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided bythe examiners)
• The duration of SEE is 02hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-lI of Regulation book

Updated as Practical Course on 03.11.2023

 Semester -
V
Suggested Learning Resources:

Textbooks
1. ShyamSeshadri, Brad Green —“AngularJS: Up and Running: Enhanced Productivity with Structured Web Apps”,
Apress, 0'Reilly Media,Inc.
2. AgusKurniawan-“AngularJS Programming by Example”, First Edition, PE Press, 2014____________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Introduction to Angular JS :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HEbphzK-0xE
2. Angular JS Modules :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gWm0KmgnQkU
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zKkUN-mJtPQ
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ICl7 i2mtZA
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2Few nkze0
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QoptnVCQHsU
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
•Demonstration of simpleprojects/applications (course project)

Updated as Practical Course on 03.11.2023

 Semester -
V
C# PROGRAMMING

Course Code 21CSL582/ 21CBL584 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0/ 24 Hours SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Total marks 100
Examination type (SEE) PRACTICAL
Course objectives:
• To learn basic features of C# programming
• To understand C# support for OOP with programming examples
• To gain experience of modern tool usage (VS Code, Visual Studio or any other] in developing C# programs

Sl.NO Experiments
1 Develop a C# program to simulate simple arithmetic calculator for Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication,
Division and Mod operations. Read the operator and operands through console.
2
Develop a C# program to print Armstrong Number between 1 to 1000.

3
Develop a C# program to list all substrings in a given string. [ Hint: use of Substring() method]

4
Develop a C# program to demonstrate Division by Zero and Index Out of Range exceptions.

5
Develop a C# program to generate and printPascal Triangle using Two Dimensional arrays.

6
Develop a C# program to generate and print Floyds Triangle using Jagged arrays.

7
Develop a C# program to read a text file and copy the file contents to another text file.

8 Develop a C# C# Program to Implement Stack with Push and Pop Operations [Hint: Use class, get/set
properties, methods for push and pop and main method]
9 Design a class “Complex” with data members, constructor and method for overloading a binary operator
‘+’. Develop a C# program to read Two complex number and Print the results of addition.
10 Develop a C# program to create a class named shape. Create three sub classes namely: circle, triangle and
square, each class has two member functions named draw () and erase (). Demonstrate polymorphism
concepts by developing suitable methods, defining member data and main program.
11 Develop a C# program to create an abstract class Shape with abstract methods calculateArea() and
calculatePerimeter(). Create subclasses Circle and Triangle that extend the Shape class and implement the
respective methods to calculate the area and perimeter of each shape.
12 Develop a C# program to create an interface Resizable with methods resizeWidth(int width) and
resizeHeight(int height) that allow an object to be resized. Create a class Rectangle that implements the
Resizable interface and implements the resize methods

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Develop programs involving basic features of C# programming language
2. Make use of exception handling features to safeguard program against runtime anomalies
3. Apply concepts of OOP in developing solutions to problems
4. Develop programs to illustrate handling of text files
5. Make use of modern tools to develop C# programs and applications

Updated as Practical Course on 03.11.2023

 Semester -
V
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The student has to secure not less
than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination (SEE). The student has to secure a minimum of 40%
(40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE(Continuous Internal Evaluation)and SEE (Semester End
Examination)taken to gether.

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.

• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for the
evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the faculty who is
handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be
evaluated for 10marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up ontime.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8tA week of the
semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14'h week of thesemester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge will carry a
weightage of 60% and the rest 40% forviva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability. Rubrics
suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):

• SEE marks for the practical course is 50Marks.

• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the
University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly
adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided
jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal/external
examiners jointly.
• Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
• General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, write up -20%, Conduction procedure and result in -
60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored
marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by the
examiners)
• The duration of SEE is 02hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-lI of Regulation book

Updated as Practical Course on 03.11.2023

 Semester -
V
Suggested Learning Resources:

Textbooks
1. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference: C# 4.0”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012
2. Andrew Troelsen, “Pro C# 2010 and the .NET 4 Platform, Fifth edition, A Press, 2010.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Introduction to C#: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ItoIFCT9P90
2. .NET FRAMEWORK: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h7huHkvPoEE
3. https://www.tutorialsteacher.com/csharp
4. https://www.w3schools.com/cs/index.php
_____5. https://www.javatpoint.com/net-framework________________________________________________
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

• Demonstration of simple projects (course project)

Updated as Practical Course on 03.11.2023

VI
Semester

SOFTWA ENGINEERING & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Course Code RE 21CS61 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
CLO 1. Outline software engineering principles and activities involved in building large
software programs. Identify ethical and professional issues and explain why they are of
concern to Software Engineers.
CLO 2. Describe the process of requirement gathering, requirement classification, requirement
specification and requirements validation.
CLO 3. Infer the fundamentals of object oriented concepts, differentiate system models, use
UML diagrams and apply design patterns.5
CLO 4. Explain the role of DevOps in Agile Implementation.
CLO 5. Discuss various types of software testing practices and software evolution processes.
CLO 6. Recognize the importance Project Management with its methods and methodologies.
CLO 7. Identify software quality parameters and quantify software using measurements and
metrics. List software quality standards and outline the practices involved
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction: The evolving role of software, Software, The changing nature of software, Software
engineering, A Process Framework, Process Patterns, Process Assessment, Personal and Team Process
Models, Process Technology, Product and Process.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1: 1.1 to 1.3

Process Models: Prescriptive models, Waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary
process models, Specialized process models.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2: 2.1, 2.2, 2.4 to 2.7

Requirements Engineering: Requirements Engineering Task, Initiating the Requirements

Engineering process, Eliciting Requirements, Developing use cases, Building the analysis model,
Negotiating Requirements, Validating Requirements, Software Requirement Document (Sec 4.2)

Textbook 1: Chapter 3: 3.1 to 3.6, Textbook 5: Chapter 4: 4.2

 Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Introduction, Modelling Concepts and Class Modelling: What is Object orientation? What is OO
development? OO Themes; Evidence for usefulness of OO development; OO modelling history.
Modelling as Design technique: Modelling, abstraction, The Three models. Class Modelling: Object and
Class Concept, Link and associations concepts, Generalization and Inheritance, A sample class model,
Navigation of class models, Introduction to RUP(Textbook: 5 Sec 2.4) and UML diagrams

Textbook 2: Chapter 1,2,3

Building the Analysis Models: Requirement Analysis, Analysis Model Approaches, Data modeling
Concepts, Object Oriented Analysis, Scenario-Based Modeling, Flow-Oriented Modeling, class Based
Modeling, Creating a Behavioral Model.

Textbook 1: Chapter 8: 8.1 to 8.8

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Software Testing: A Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Strategic Issues, Test Strategies for
Conventional Software, Test Strategies for Object -Oriented Software, Validation Testing, System
Testing, The Art of Debugging.

Textbook 1: Chapter 13: 13.1 to 13.7

Agile Methodology & DevOps: Before Agile - Waterfall, Agile Development,

Self-Learning Section:
What is DevOps?, DevOps Importance and Benefits, DevOps Principles and Practices, 7 C’s of DevOps
Lifecycle for Business Agility, DevOps and Continuous Testing, How to Choose Right DevOps Tools?,
Challenges with DevOps Implementation.

Textbook 4: Chapter 2: 2.1 to 2.9

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Introduction to Project Management:
Introduction, Project and Importance of Project Management, Contract Management, Activities Covered
by Software Project Management, Plans, Methods and Methodologies, Some ways of categorizing
Software Projects, Stakeholders, Setting Objectives, Business Case, Project Success and Failure,
Management and Management Control, Project Management life cycle, Traditional versus Modern
Project Management Practices.

Textbook 3: Chapter 1: 1.1 to 1.17

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-5
Activity Planning:
Objectives of Activity Planning, When to Plan, Project Schedules, Sequencing and Scheduling Activities,
Network Planning Models, Forward Pass- Backward Pass, Identifying critical path, Activity Float,
Shortening Project Duration, Activity on Arrow Networks.

Textbook 3: Chapter 6: 6.1 to 6.16

Software Quality:
Introduction, The place of software quality in project planning, Importance of software quality,
software quality models, ISO 9126, quality management systems, process capability models, techniques
to enhance software quality, quality plans.

Textbook 3: Chapter 13: (13.1 to 13.6,13.9, 13.11, 13.14),

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand the activities involved in software engineering and analyze the role of various process
models
CO 2. Explain the basics of object-oriented concepts and build a suitable class model using modelling
techniques
CO 3. Describe various software testing methods and to understand the importance of agile
methodology and DevOps
CO 4. Illustrate the role of project planning and quality management in software development
CO 5. Understand the importance of activity planning and different planning models

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination
(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Roger S. Pressman: Software Engineering-A Practitioners approach, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill.
2. Michael Blaha, James Rumbaugh: Object Oriented Modelling and Design with UML, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell, Rajib Mall: Software Project Management, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2018.
4. Deepak Gaikwad, Viral Thakkar, DevOps Tools From Practitioner’s Viewpoint, Wiley.
5. Ian Sommerville: Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
Reference:
1. Pankaj Jalote: An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, Wiley India.______________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20 cs68/preview
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WxkP5KR Emk&list=PLr1kTql3jnm9b5nr-
ggx7Pt1G4UAHeFl|
4. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/econtent/CSE.php
5. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/econtent/courses/video/CSE/15CS42.html
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/128/106/128106012/ (DevOps)
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Case study, Field visit

VI
Semester FULLSTACK DEVELOPMENT
Course Code 21CS62 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 T + 20P Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:
CLO 1.Explain the use of learning full stack web development.
CLO 2.Make use of rapid application development in the design of responsive web pages.
CLO 3. Illustrate Models, Views and Templates with their connectivity in Django for full stack
web development.
CLO 4.Demonstrate the use of state management and admin interfaces automation in Django.
CLO 5.Design and implement Django apps containing dynamic pages with SQL databases.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only traditional lecture method, but different type of
teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
improve the students' Module-1:
understanding.
MVC based Web Designing
Web framework, MVC Design Pattern, Django Evolution, Views, Mapping URL to Views, Working of
Django URL Confs and Loose Coupling, Errors in Django, Wild Card patterns in URLS.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1 and Chapter 3

Laboratory Component:
1. Installation of Python, Django and Visual Studio code editors can be demonstrated.
2. Creation of virtual environment, Django project and App should be demonstrated
3. Develop a Django app that displays current date and time in server
4. Develop a Django app that displays date and time four hours ahead and four hours before as
an offset of current date and time in server.
Teaching-Learning Process
1.
Demonstration using Visual Studio Code
2.
PPT/Prezi Presentation for Architecture and Design
Patterns
3. Live coding of all concepts with simple examples
Module-2: Django Templates and Models
Template System Basics, Using Django Template System, Basic Template Tags and Filters, MVT
Development Pattern, Template Loading, Template Inheritance, MVT Development Pattern.
Configuring Databases, Defining and Implementing Models, Basic Data Access, Adding Model String
Representations, Inserting/Updating data, Selecting and deleting objects, Schema Evolution
Textbook 1: Chapter 4 and Chapter 5
Laboratory Component:
1. Develop a simple Django app that displays an unordered list of fruits and ordered list of
selected students for an event
2. Develop a layout.html with a suitable header (containing navigation menu) and footer with
copyright and developer information. Inherit this layout.html and create 3 additional pages:
contact us, About Us and Home page of any website.
3. Develop a Django app that performs student registration to a course. It should also display list
of students registered for any selected course. Create students and course as models with
enrolment as ManyToMany field.
Teaching-Learning Process
1. Demonstration using Visual Studio Code
2. PPT/Prezi Presentation for Architecture and Design
Patterns
3. Live coding of all concepts with simple examples
4. Case Study: Apply concepts learnt for an Online Ticket
Booking System
Module-3: Django Admin Interfaces and Model Forms

Activating Admin Interfaces, Using Admin Interfaces, Customizing Admin Interfaces, Reasons to use
Admin Interfaces.

Form Processing, Creating Feedback forms, Form submissions, custom validation, creating Model
Forms, URLConf Ticks, Including Other URLConfs.
Laboratory Component:
1. For student and course models created in Lab experiment for Module2, register admin
interfaces, perform migrations and illustrate data entry through admin forms.
2. Develop a Model form for student that contains his topic chosen for project, languages used
and
duration with a model called project.
Teaching-Learning Process
1. Demonstration using Visual Studio Code
2. PPT/Prezi Presentation for Architecture and Design
Patterns
3. Live coding of all concepts with simple examples
Module-4: Generic Views and Django State Persistence
Using Generic Views, Generic Views of Objects, Extending Generic Views of objects, Extending Generic
Views.

MIME Types, Generating Non-HTML contents like CSV and PDF, Syndication Feed Framework, Sitemap
framework, Cookies, Sessions, Users and Authentication.
Textbook 1: Chapters 9, 11 and 12
Laboratory Component:
1. For students enrolment developed in Module 2, create a generic class view which displays list
of students and detailview that displays student details for any selected student in the list.
2. Develop example Django app that performs CSV and PDF generation for any models created
in
previous laboratory component.
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration using Visual Studio Code
2. PPT/Prezi Presentation for Architecture and Design
Patterns
 3.
Live coding of all concepts with simple examples
4.
Project Work: Implement all concepts learnt for Student
Admission Management.
Module-5: jQuery and AJAX Integration in Django

Ajax Solution, Java Script, XHTMLHttpRequest and Response, HTML, CSS, JSON, iFrames, Settings of
Java Script in Django, jQuery and Basic AJAX, jQuery AJAX Facilities, Using jQuery UI Autocomplete in
Django
Laboratory Component:
1. Develop a registration page for student enrolment as done in Module 2 but without page
refresh
using AJAX.
2. Develop a search application in Django using AJAX that displays courses enrolled by a student
being searched.
Teaching-Learning Process
1. Demonstration using Visual Studio Code
2. PPT/Prezi Presentation for Architecture and Design
Patterns
3. Live coding of all concepts with simple examples
4. Case Study: Apply the use of AJAX and jQuery for
development of EMI calculator.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand the working of MVT based full stack web development with Django.
CO 2. Designing of Models and Forms for rapid development of web pages.
CO 3. Analyze the role of Template Inheritance and Generic views for developing full stack web
applications.
CO 4. Apply the Django framework libraries to render nonHTML contents like CSV and PDF.
CO 5. Perform jQuery based AJAX integration to Django Apps to build responsive full stack web
applications,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester

Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester

Practical Sessions need to be assessed by appropriate rubrics and viva-voce method. This will contribute
to 20 marks.
 • Rubrics for each Experiment taken average for all Lab components - 15 Marks.
• Viva-Voce- 5 Marks (more emphasized on demonstration topics)

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and practical sessions will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have a less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers
for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Adrian Holovaty, Jacob Kaplan Moss, The Definitive Guide to Django: Web Development Done
Right, Second Edition, Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH & Co. KG Publishers,
2009
2. Jonathan Hayward, Django Java Script Integration: AJAX and jQuery, First Edition, Pack
Publishing, 2011
Reference Books
1. Aidas Bendroraitis, Jake Kronika, Django 3 Web Development Cookbook, Fourth Edition, Packt
Publishing, 2020
2. William Vincent, Django for Beginners: Build websites with Python and Django, First Edition,
Amazon Digital Services, 2018
3. Antonio Mele, Django3 by Example, 3rd Edition, Pack Publishers, 2020
4. Arun Ravindran, Django Design Patterns and Best Practices, 2nd Edition, Pack Publishers, 2020.
5. Julia Elman, Mark Lavin, Light weight Django, David A. Bell, 1 st Edition, Oreily Publications, 2014
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. MVT architecture with Django: https://freevideolectures.com/course/3700/django-tutorials
2. Using Python in Django: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2BqoLiMT3Ao
3. Model Forms with Django: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gMM1rtTwKxE
4. Real time Interactions in Django: https://www.voutube.com/watch?v=3gHmfoeZ45k
5. AJAX with Django for beginners: https://www.voutube.com/watch?v=3VaKNvilxAU
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1. Real world problem solving - applying the Django framework concepts and its integration with
AJAX to develop any shopping website with admin and user dashboards.

Short Preamble on Full Stack Web Development:

Website development is a way to make people aware of the services and/or products they are offering,
understand why the products are relevant and even necessary for them to buy or use, and highlight the
striking qualities that set it apart from competitors. Other than commercial reasons, a website is also needed
for quick and dynamic information delivery for any domain. Development of a well-designed, informative,
responsive and dynamic website is need of the hour from any computer science and related engineering
graduates. Hence, they need to be augmented with skills to use technology and framework which can help
them to develop elegant websites. Full Stack developers are in need by many companies, who knows and can
develop all pieces of web application (Front End, Back End and business logic). MVT based development with
Django is the cutting-edge framework for Full Stack Web Development. Python has become an easier
language to use for many applications. Django based framework in Python helps a web developer to utilize
framework and develop rapidly responsive and secure web applications.
VI
Semester COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND FUNDAMENTALS OF IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Code 21CS63 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:
CLO 1. Overview of Computer Graphics along with its applications.
CLO 2. Exploring 2D and 3D graphics mathematics along with OpenGL API’s.
CLO 3. Use of Computer graphics principles for animation and design of GUI’s .
CLO 4. Introduction to Image processing and Open CV.
CLO 5. Image segmentation using Open CV.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyse
information rather than simply recall it.
6. IntroduceTopicsin manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
Module-1
Overview: Computer Graphics hardware and software and OpenGL: Computer Graphics: Video Display
Devices, Raster-Scan Systems Basics of computer graphics, Application of Computer Graphics. OpenGL:
Introduction to OpenGL, coordinate reference frames, specifying two-dimensional world coordinate
reference frames in OpenGL, OpenGL point functions, OpenGL line functions, point attributes, line
attributes, curve attributes, OpenGL point attribute functions, OpenGL line attribute functions, Line
drawing algori thms(DDA, Bresenham’s).

Textbook 1: Chapter -1,2,3, 5(1 and 2 only)

Self-study topics : Input devices, hard copy devices, coordinate representation, graphics functions,
fill area primitives, polygon fill areas, pixel arrays, Parallel Line algorithms

Teaching- Chalk & board, Active Learning

Learning Virtual Lab
Process
Module-2
2D and 3D graphics with OpenGL: 2D Geometric Transformations: Basic 2D Geometric
Transformations, matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, 2D Composite
transformations, other 2D transformations, raster methods for geometric transformations, OpenGL
raster transformations, OpenGL geometric transformations function,

3D Geometric Transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, composite 3D transformations, other

3D transformations, OpenGL geometric transformations functions
Textbook 1: Chapter -6, 8
Self-study topics: Transformation between 2D coordinate system, OpenGL geometric-
transformation, Transformation between 3D coordinate system.
Teaching- Chalk & board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Learning Virtual Lab:
Process
Module-3
Interactive Input Methods and Graphical User Interfaces: Graphical Input Data ,Logical
Classification of Input Devices, Input Functions for Graphical Data , Interactive Picture-Construction
Techniques, Virtual-Reality Environments, OpenGL Interactive Input-Device Functions, OpenGL Menu
Functions , Designing a Graphical User Interface.

Computer Animation :Design of Animation Sequences, Traditional Animation Techniques, General

Computer-Animation Functions, Computer-Animation Languages, Character Animation, Periodic
Motions, OpenGL Animation Procedures.

Textbook 1: Chapter -11, 18

Self-study topics: Raster methods for computer animation, Key frame systems, Motion
specification.
Teaching- Chalk & board, MOOC, Active Learning
Learning
Process
Module-4
Introduction to Image processing: overview, Nature of IP, IP and its related fields, Digital Image
representation, types of images.

Digital Image Processing Operations: Basic relationships and distance metrics, Classification of
Image processing Operations.
Text book 2: Chapter 3

(Below topics is for experiential learning only, No questions in SEE)

Computer vision and OpenCV: What is computer vision, Evolution of computer vision, Application of
Computer vision, Feature of OpenCV, OpenCV library modules, OpenCV environment, Reading, writing and
storing images using OpenCV. OpenCV drawing Functions. OpenCV Geometric Transformations.

(Note: Computer vision and OpenCV for experimental learning or Activity Based
Learning using web sources, Preferred for assignments. No questions in SEE )
Web Source: https://www.tutorialspoint.com/opencv/
Teaching- Chalk& board, Problem based learning
Learning Lab practice for OpenCV for basic geometric objects and basic image operation
Process
Module-5
Image Segmentation: Introduction, classification, detection of discontinuities, Edge detection (up to
canny edge detection(included)).
Text Book 2: Chapter 9: 9.1 to 9.4.4.4

(Below topics is for experiential learning only, No questions in SEE)

Image processing with Open CV: Resizing, Rotation/ Flipping, Blending, Creating region of Interest
(ROI), Image Thresholding, Image Blurring and smoothing, Edge Detection, Image contours and Face
Detection on images using OpenCV.
 (Note :Image Processing withOpenCV for experimental learning or Activity Based
Learning using web sources, Preferred for assignments. No questions in SEE)

Web source: https://medium.com/analytics-vidhya/introduction-to-computer-vision-opencv-in-

python-fb722e805e8b

Teaching- Chalk & board, MOOC

Learning Lab practice on image processing.
Process Virtual Lab:
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Construct geometric objects using Computer Graphics principles and OpenGL APIs.
CO 2. Use OpenGL APIs and related mathematics for 2D and 3D geometric Operations on the objects.
CO 3. Design GUI with necessary techniques required to animate the created objects
CO 4. Apply OpenCV for developing Image processing applications.
CO 5. Apply Image segmentation techniques along with programming, using OpenCV, for developing
simple applications.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end
examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(To have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
3. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
4. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Textbooks
1. Donald D Hearn, M Pauline Baker and WarrenCarithers: Computer Graphics with OpenGL 4th
 Edition, Pearson, 2014
2. S. Sridhar, Digital Image Processing, second edition, Oxford University press 2016.
Reference Books
1 Edward Angel: Interactive Computer Graphics- A Top Down approach with OpenGL, 5th
. edition. Pearson Education, 2008
2 James D Foley, Andries Van Dam, Steven K Feiner, John F Huges Computer graphics with
. OpenGL: Pearson education
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106090/
. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102063/
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103224/
.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102065/
3
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/opencv/ (Tutorial, Types of Images, Drawing Functions )
.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
2. Mini project on computer graphics using Open GL/Python/Open CV.
VI
Semester

AGILE TECHNOLOGIES
Course Code 21CS641 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning Objectives:

CLO 1. To understand basics of agile technologies

CLO 2. To explain XP Lifecycle, XP Concepts and Adopting XP
CLO 3. To Evaluate on Pair Programming, Root-Cause Analysis, Retrospectives, Planning,
Incremental Requirements and Customer Tests
CLO 4. To become Mastering in Agility
CLO 5. To provide well Deliver Value
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only traditional lecture method, but different type of
teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
improve the students' understanding.Module-1
Why Agile? : Understanding Success, Beyond Deadlines, The Importance of Organizational Success,
Enter Agility, How to Be Agile?: Agile Methods, Don’t Make Your Own Method, The Road to Mastery,
Find a Mentor.

The Genesis of Agile, Introduction and background, Agile Manifesto, and Principles, Simple Design, User
Stories, Agile Testing, Agile Tools

Textbook 1: Part I - Ch 1, Ch 2.

Textbook 2: Ch 1

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning

https://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=904
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x90kIAFGYKE
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/110104073/L02.html
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19 mg30/preview

Module-2
Understanding XP: The XP Lifecycle, The XP Team, XP Concepts, Adopting XP: Is XP Right for Us?, Go!,
Assess Your Agility

Overview of Extreme Programming, The Practices of Extreme Programming, Conclusion, Bibliography,

Planning Initial Exploration, Release Planning, Iteration Planning, Defining "Done", Task Planning
Iterating, Tracking.

Textbook 1: Part I: Ch 3, Ch 4.

Textbook 3: Section 1: Ch 1
Teaching-Learning Process
Chalk and board, Active Learning

https://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=904
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x90kIAFGYKE
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/110104073/L02.html
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg30/preview
Module-3
Practicing XP: Thinking: Pair Programming, Energized Work, Informative Workspace, Root Cause
Analysis, Retrospectives,

Collaborating: Trust, Sit Together, Real Customer Involvement, Ubiquitous Language, Stand-Up
Meetings, Coding Standards, Iteration Demo, Reporting,

Releasing: “Done Done”, No Bugs, Version Control, Ten-Minute Build, Continuous Integration,
Collective Code Ownership, Documentation. Planning: Vision, Release Planning, The Planning Game,
Risk Management, Iteration Planning, Slack, Stories, Estimating. Developing: Incremental
requirements, Customer Tests, Test-Driven Development, Refactoring, Simple Design, Incremental
Design and Architecture, Spike Solutions, Performance Optimization, Exploratory Testing

Textbook 1: Part II: Ch 5, Ch 6, Ch 7, Ch 8, Ch 9.

Teaching-Learning Process
Chalk and board, Demonstration

https://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=904
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x90kIAFGYKE
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/110104073/L02.html
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg30/preview
Module-4
Mastering Agility : Values and Principles: Commonalities, About Values, Principles, and Practices,
Further Reading, Improve the Process: Understand Your Project, Tune and Adapt, Break the Rules, Rely
on People :Build Effective Relationships, Let the Right People Do the Right Things, Build the Process for
the People, Eliminate Waste :Work in Small, Reversible Steps, Fail Fast, Maximize Work Not Done,
Pursue Throughput

Textbook 1: Part III- Ch 10, Ch 11, Ch 12, Ch 13.

Teaching-Learning Process
Chalk and board

https://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=904
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x90kIAFGYKE
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/110104073/L02.html
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg30/preview
Module-5
Deliver Value: Exploit Your Agility, Only Releasable Code Has Value, Deliver Business Results, Deliver
Frequently, Seek Technical Excellence: Software Doesn’t Exist, Design Is for Understanding, Design
Trade-offs, Quality with a Name, Great Design, Universal Design Principles, Principles in Practice,
Pursue Mastery

Textbook 1: Part IV- Ch 14, Ch 15.

Teaching-Learning Process
Chalk and board
https://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=904
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x90kIAFGYKE
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/110104073/L02.html
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg30/preview

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand the fundamentals of agile technologies
CO 2. Explain XP Lifecycle, XP Concepts and Adopting XP
CO 3. Apply different techniques on Practicing XP, Collaborating and Releasing
CO 4. Analyze the Values and Principles of Mastering Agility
CO 5. Demonstrate the agility to deliver good values
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)

6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks

(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks

2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
 maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. James shore, Chromatic, O’Reilly, The Art of Agile Development, 2007

Reference Books
1. Ken Schawber, Mike Beedle, “Agile Software Development with Scrum”,Pearson, 2008
2. Agile-Principles-Patterns-and-Practices-in-C by Robert C Martin & Mic Martin.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
Model wise mentioned

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

• Demonstration of the project based on Agile technologies.

VI
Semester ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Code 21CS642 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Understanding the fundamental concepts of Enumerations and Annotations

CLO 2. Apply the concepts of Generic classes in Java programs
CLO 3. Demonstrate the fundamental concepts of String operations
CLO 4. Design and develop web applications using Java servlets and JSP
CLO 5. Apply database interaction through Java database Connectivity
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same program
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Enumerations, Autoboxing and Annotations:
Enumerations, Ednumeration fundamentals, the values() and valueOf() methods, Java enumerations
are class types, enumerations inherits Enum, example, type wrappers, Autoboxing, Autoboxing
methods, Autoboxing/Unboxing occurs in Expressions, Autoboxing/Unboxing, Boolean and character
values, Autoboxing/Unboxing helps prevent errors, A word of warning

Annotations, Annotation basics, specifying retention policy, obtaining annotations at run time by use of
reflection, Annotated element interface, Using default values, Marker Annotations, Single member
annotations, Built in annotations

Textbook 1: Chapter12
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online demonstration, Problem based learning
Module-2
Generics: What are Generics, A Simple Generics Example, A Generic Class with Two Type Parameters,
The General Form of a Generic Class, Bounded Types, Using Wildcard Arguments, Bounded Wildcards,
Creating a Generic Method, Generic Interfaces, Raw types and Legacy code, Generic Class Hierarchies,
Erasure, Ambiguity errors, Some Generic Restrictions

Textbook 1: Chapter 14
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration
Module-3
String Handling: The String Constructors, String Length, Special String Operations, Character
Extraction, String Comparison, Searching Strings, Modifying a String, Data Conversion Using valueOf(),
Changing the case of characters within a String, String Buffer, String Builder

Textbook 1: Chapter 15
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration
Module-4
Background; The life cycle of a servlet; A simple servlet; the servlet API; The javax.servlet package
Reading servlet parameter; the javax.servlet.http package; Handling HTTP Requests and Responses;
using Cookies; Session Tracking, Java Server Pages (JSP); JSP tags, Variables and Objects, Methods,
Control statements, Loops, Request String, Parsing other information, User sessions, Cookies, Session
Objects

Textbook 1: Chapter 31
Textbook 2: Chapter 11
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration
Module-5
The concept of JDBC; JDBC Driver Types; JDBC packages; A brief overview of the JDBC Process;
Database Connection; Associating the JDBC/ODBC Bridge with the Database; Statement Objects;
ResultSet; Transaction Processing; Metadata, Data Types; Exceptions.

Textbook 2: Chapter 6
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understanding the fundamental concepts of Enumerations and Annotations
CO 2. Apply the concepts of Generic classes in Java programs
CO 3. Demonstrate the concepts of String operations in Java
CO 4. Develop web based applications using Java servlets and JSP
CO 5. Illustrate database interaction and transaction processing in Java
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:_________________________________________________________________________________
Textbooks
1. Herbert Schildt: JAVA the Complete Reference. 9th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Jim Keogh, The Complete Reference J2EE, Tata McGraw-Hill

Reference Books:
1. Y. Daniel Liang: Introduction to JAVA Programming, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007._______
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105191/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105225/

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

• Programming exercises
VI
Semester
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
Course Code 21CS643 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Describe computer architecture.

CLO 2. Measure the performance of architectures in terms of right parameters.
CLO 3. Summarize parallel architecture and the software used for them
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same program
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Theory of Parallelism: Parallel Computer Models, The State of Computing, Multiprocessors and
Multicomputer, Multivector and SIMD Computers, PRAM and VLSI Models, Program and Network
Properties, Conditions of Parallelism, Program Partitioning and Scheduling, Program Flow
Mechanisms, System Interconnect Architectures, Principles of Scalable Performance, Performance
Metrics and Measures, Parallel Processing Applications, Speedup
Performance Laws. For all Algorithm or mechanism any one example is sufficient.

Chapter 1 (1.1to 1.4), Chapter 2( 2.1 to 2.4) Chapter 3 (3.1 to 3.3)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online demonstration, Problem based learning
Module-2
Hardware Technologies 1: Processors and Memory Hierarchy, Advanced
Processor Technology, Superscalar and Vector Processors, Memory Hierarchy Technology, Virtual
Memory Technology. For all Algorithms or mechanisms any one example is sufficient.

Chapter 4 ( 4.1 to 4.4)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration

Module-3
Hardware Technologies 2: Bus Systems, Cache Memory Organizations, Shared Memory
Organizations, Sequential and Weak Consistency Models, Pipelining and Superscalar Techniques,
Linear Pipeline Processors, Nonlinear Pipeline Processors. For all Algorithms or mechanisms any one
example is sufficient.
 Chapter 5 (5.1 to 5.4) Chapter 6 (6.1 to 6.2)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration

Module-4
Parallel and Scalable Architectures: Multiprocessors and Multicomputers, Multiprocessor System
Interconnects, Cache Coherence and Synchronization Mechanisms, Message-Passing Mechanisms,
Multivector and SIMD Computers, Vector Processing Principles, Multivector Multiprocessors,
Compound Vector Processing, Scalable, Multithreaded, and Dataflow Architectures, Latency-Hiding
Techniques, Principles of Multithreading, Fine- Grain Multicomputers. For all Algorithms or
mechanisms any one example is sufficient.

Chapter 7 (7.1,7.2 and 7.4) Chapter 8( 8.1 to 8.3) Chapter 9(9.1 to 9.3)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration

Module-5
Software for parallel programming: Parallel Models, Languages, and Compilers ,Parallel Programming
Models, Parallel Languages and Compilers, Dependence Analysis of Data Arrays. Instruction and
System Level Parallelism, Instruction Level Parallelism, Computer Architecture, Contents, Basic Design
Issues, Problem Definition, Model of a Typical Processor, Compiler-detected Instruction Level
Parallelism ,Operand Forwarding ,Reorder Buffer, Register Renaming ,Tomasulo’s Algorithm. For all
Algorithms or mechanisms any one example is sufficient.

Chapter 10(10.1 to 10.3) Chapter 12( 12.1 to 12.9)

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Online Demonstration

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Explain the concepts of parallel computing
CO 2. Explain and identify the hardware technologies
CO 3. Compare and contrast the parallel architectures
CO 4. Illustrate parallel programming concepts
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks marks scored will
be proportionately reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:_________________________________________________________________________________
Textbooks
1. Kai Hwang and Naresh Jotwani, Advanced Computer Architecture (SIE): Parallelism, Scalability,
Programmability, McGraw Hill Education 3/e. 2015

Reference Books:
1. John L. Hennessy and David A. Patterson, Computer Architecture: A quantitative approach, 5th
___________edition, Morgan Kaufmann Elseveir, 2013______________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

VI
Semester DATA SCIENCE AND VISUALIZATION
Course Code 21CS644 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. To introduce data collection and pre-processing techniques for data science
CLO 2. Explore analytical methods for solving real life problems through data exploration
techniques
CLO 3. Illustrate different types of data and its visualization
CLO 4. Find different data visualization techniques and tools
CLO 5. Design and map element of visualization well to perceive information

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction to Data Science
Introduction: What is Data Science? Big Data and Data Science hype - and getting past the hype, Why
now? - Datafication, Current landscape of perspectives, Skill sets. Needed Statistical Inference:
Populations and samples, Statistical modelling, probability distributions, fitting a model.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1
Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Recognizing different types of data, Data science
process
2. Demonstration of different steps, learning definition and
relation with data science

Module-2
Exploratory Data Analysis and the Data Science Process
Basic tools (plots, graphs and summary statistics) of EDA, Philosophy of EDA, The Data Science Process,
Case Study: Real Direct (online realestate firm). Three Basic Machine Learning Algorithms: Linear
Regression, k-Nearest Neighbours (k- NN), k-means.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2, Chapter 3

Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT -Plots, Graphs, Summary Statistics
2. Demonstration of Machine Learning Algorithms
 Module-3
Feature Generation and Feature Selection
Extracting Meaning from Data: Motivating application: user (customer) retention. Feature Generation
(brainstorming, role of domain expertise, and place for imagination), Feature Selection algorithms.
Filters; Wrappers; Decision Trees; Random Forests. Recommendation Systems: Building a User-Facing
Data Product, Algorithmic ingredients of a Recommendation Engine, Dimensionality Reduction,
Singular Value Decomposition, Principal Component Analysis, Exercise: build your own
recommendation system.

Textbook 1: Chapter 6
Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Feature generation, selection
2. Demonstration recommendation engine
Module-4
Data Visualization and Data Exploration

Introduction: Data Visualization, Importance of Data Visualization, Data Wrangling, Tools and
Libraries for Visualization

Comparison Plots: Line Chart, Bar Chart and Radar Chart; Relation Plots: Scatter Plot, Bubble Plot ,
Correlogram and Heatmap; Composition Plots: Pie Chart, Stacked Bar Chart, Stacked Area Chart, Venn
Diagram; Distribution Plots: Histogram, Density Plot, Box Plot, Violin Plot; Geo Plots: Dot Map,
Choropleth Map, Connection Map; What Makes a Good Visualization?

Textbook 2: Chapter 1, Chapter 2

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Demonstration of different data visualization tools.

Module-5
A Deep Dive into Matplotlib

Introduction, Overview of Plots in Matplotlib, Pyplot Basics: Creating Figures, Closing Figures, Format
Strings, Plotting, Plotting Using pandas DataFrames, Displaying Figures, Saving Figures; Basic Text
and Legend Functions: Labels, Titles, Text, Annotations, Legends; Basic Plots:Bar Chart, Pie Chart,
Stacked Bar Chart, Stacked Area Chart, Histogram, Box Plot, Scatter Plot, Bubble Plot; Layouts:
Subplots, Tight Layout, Radar Charts, GridSpec; Images: Basic Image Operations, Writing Mathematical
Expressions

Textbook 2: Chapter 3
Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Comparison of plots
2. Demonstration charts
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand the data in different forms
CO 2. Apply different techniques to Explore Data Analysis and the Data Science Process
CO 3. Analyze feature selection algorithms & design a recommender system.
CO 4. Evaluate data visualization tools and libraries and plot graphs.
CO 5. Develop different charts and include mathematical expressions.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Doing Data Science, Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt, O'Reilly Media, Inc O'Reilly Media, Inc, 2013
2. Data Visualization workshop, Tim Grobmann and Mario Dobler, Packt Publishing, ISBN
9781800568112
Reference:
1. Mining of Massive Datasets, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Cambridge University
Press, 2010
2. Data Science from Scratch, Joel Grus, Shroff Publisher /O’Reilly Publisher Media
3. A handbook for data driven design by Andy krik
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105077/
2. https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/doing-data-science/9781449363871/toc01.html
3. http://book.visualisingdata.com/
4. https://matplotlib.org/
5. https://docs.python.org/3/tutorial/
6. https://www.tableau.com/

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Demonstration using projects
VI
Semester
INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES
Course Code 21CS651 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Introduce elementary data structures.

CLO 2. Analyze Linear Data Structures: Stack, Queues, Lists
CLO 3. Analyze Non Linear Data Structures: Trees
CLO 4. Assess appropriate data structure during program development/Problem Solving.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it helps improve
the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction:
Introduction to arrays: one-dimensional arrays, two dimensional arrays, initializing two dimensional
arrays, Multidimensional arrays.
Introduction to Pointers: Pointer concepts, accessing variables through pointers, Dynamic memory
allocation, pointers applications.
Introduction to structures and unions: Declaring structures, Giving values to members, structure
initialization, arrays of structures, nested structure, unions, size of structures.

Textbook 1: Ch 8.3 to 8.15,Ch 12.3 to 12.19

Textbook 2:Ch 2.1 to2.13,2.51 ,2.80 to 2.98
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning
Module-2
Linear Data Structures-Stacks and queues:
Introduction, Stack representation in Memory, Stack Operations, Stack Implementation, Applications of
Stack. Introduction, Queues-Basic concept, Logical representation of Queues, Queue Operations and its
types, Queue Implementation, Applications of Queue.

Textbook 2: Ch 6.1 to 6.14 ,Ch 8.1,8.2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem Based Learning
Module-3
Linear Data Structures-Linked List:
Introduction, Linked list Basic concept, Logical representation of Linked list, Self-Referential structure,
Singly-linked List Operations and Implementation, Circular Linked List, applications of Linked list.
 Textbook 1: Ch 15.1 ,15.3,15.4,15.8
Textbook 2: Ch 9.2.9.5
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-4
Non Linear Data Structures - Trees
Introduction, Basic concept, Binary Tree and its types, Binary Tree Representation, Binary Tree
Traversal, Binary Search tree, Expression Trees.

Textbook1: Ch 16.1,16.2
Textbook2:Ch 10.1,10.2,10.4,10.6.3
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-5
Sorting and Searching
Sorting: Introduction, Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort Searching: Introduction, Linear search,
Binary search.

Textbook1: Ch 17.1,17.2.2, 17.2.4, 17.3.1,17.3.2

Textbook2: Ch 11.1.,11.2,11.3,11.7,11.10.1,11.10.2
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Express the fundamentals of static and dynamic data structure.
CO 2. Summarize the various types of data structure with their operations.
CO 3. Interpret various searching and sorting techniques.
CO 4. Choose appropriate data structure in problem solving.
CO 5. Develop all data structures in a high level language for problem solving.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. C Programming and data structures, E Balaguruswamy 4th Edition, 2007, McGraw Hill
2. Systematic approach to Data structures using C, A M Padma Reddy, 7thEdition 2007, Sri Nandi
Publications.
References
1. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd Ed, Universities Press,
2014.
2. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures Schaum’s Outlines, Revised 1st Ed, McGraw Hill, 2014.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHDFpWCl 49i0
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHx7t -ULoAZM
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHl37kGX-nZEI
4. https:// www.youtube.com/watch7v=XuCbpw6Bj1U
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHR9PTBwOzceo
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch7vHqH6yxkw0u78
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Demonstration of projects developed using Linear/Non-linear data structures
VI
Semester INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Course Code 21CS652 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
CLO 1. Understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems.
CLO 2. Understand the relational database design principles.
CLO 3. Master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL.
CLO 4. Familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and concurrency control.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain the functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develops
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction to Databases: Introduction, Characteristics of database approach, Advantages of using
the DBMS approach, History of database applications.

Overview of Database Languages and Architectures: Data Models, Schemas, and Instances. Three
schema
architecture and data independence, database languages, and interfaces, The Database System
environment.

Conceptual Data Modelling using Entities and Relationships: Entity types, Entity sets, attributes,
roles, and structural constraints, Weak entity types, ER diagrams,Examples

Textbook 1: Ch 1.1 to 1.8, 2.1 to 2.6, 3.1 to 3.7

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Relational Model: Relational Model Concepts, Relational Model Constraints and relationaldatabase
schemas, Update operations, transactions, and dealing with constraint violations.

Relational Algebra: Relational algebra: introduction, Selection and projection, set operations,
renaming, Joins, Division, syntax, semantics. Operators, grouping and ungrouping, relational
comparison. Examples of Queries in relational algebra.

Mapping Conceptual Design into a Logical Design: Relational Database Design using ER-to-
Relational mapping.

Textbook 1:,ch5.1 to 5.3, 8.1 to 8.5, 9.1;

 Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
SQL:SQL data definition and data types, specifying constraints in SQL, retrieval queries in SQL, INSERT,
DELETE, and UPDATE statements in SQL, Additional features of SQL.

Advances Queries: More complex SQL retrieval queries, Specifying constraints asassertions and action
triggers, Views in SQL, Schema change statements in SQL.Database

Textbook 1: Ch 6.1 to 6.5, 7.1 to 7.4; Textbook 2: 6.1 to 6.6;

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Normalization: Database Design Theory - Introduction to Normalization using Functional and
Multivalued Dependencies: Informal design guidelines for relation schema, Functional Dependencies,
Normal Forms based on Primary Keys, Second and Third Normal Forms, Boyce-Codd Normal Form,
Multivalued Dependency and Fourth Normal Form, Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form.
Examples on normal forms.

Textbook 1: Ch 14.1 to -14.7, 15.1 to 15.6

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning

Module-5
Transaction management and Concurrency -Control Transaction management: ACID properties,
serializability and concurrency control, Lock based concurrency control (2PL, Deadlocks), Time
stamping methods, optimistic methods, database recovery management.

Textbook 1: Ch 20.1 to 20.6, 21.1 to 21.7;

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Identify, analyze and define database objects, enforce integrity constraints on a database using
RDBMS
CO 2. Use Structured Query Language (SQL) for database manipulation.
CO 3. Design and build simple database systems
CO 4. Develop application to interact with databases.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems, RamezElmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, 7th Edition, 2017,
Pearson.
2. Database management systems, Ramakrishnan, and Gehrke, 3rd Edition, 2014, McGraw Hill

Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=3EJlovevfcA
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vE9TwMRs3qTcU
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vEZWl0Xow304I
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vE4YilEjkNPrQ
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vECZTkgMoqVss
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vEHl4NZB1XR9c
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vEEGEwkad llA
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vEt5hsV9lC1rU

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Real world problem solving: Developing and demonstration of models / projects based on DBMS
application
VI
Semester
INT DUCTION TO CYBER SECURITY
Course Code RO 21CS653 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
CLO 1. To familiarize cybercrime terminologies and ACTs
CLO 2. Understanding cybercrime in mobiles and wireless devices along with the tools for
Cybercrime and prevention
CLO 3. Understand the motive and causes for cybercrime, cybercriminals, and investigators
CLO 4. Understanding criminal case and evidence, detection standing criminal case and
evidence.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction to Cybercrime:

Cybercrime: Definition and Origins of the Word, Cybercrime and Information Security, Who are
Cybercriminals? Classifications of Cybercrimes,

Cybercrime: The Legal Perspectives,

Cybercrimes: An Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000.

Textbook1:Ch1 (1.1 to 1.8).

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning
Module-2
Cyber offenses:
How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction, How Criminals Plan the Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber
stalking, Cybercafe and Cybercrimes.

Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector

Textbook1: Ch2 (2.1 to 2.7).

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning
Module-3
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing,
Password Cracking, Key loggers and Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horses and Backdoors,
 Steganography, DoS and DDoS Attacks, Attacks on Wireless Networks.

Textbook1: Ch4 (4.1 to 4.9, 4.12).

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Case studies
Module-4
Understanding the people on the scene: Introduction, understanding cyber criminals, understanding
cyber victims, understanding cyber investigators.

The Computer Investigation process: investigating computer crime.

Understanding Cybercrime Prevention: Understanding Network Security Concepts, Understanding

Basic Cryptography Concepts, Making the Most of Hardware and Software Security

Textbook 2:Ch3,Ch 4, Ch 7.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Case studies
Module-5
Cybercrime Detection Techniques: Security Auditing and Log Firewall Logs, Reports, Alarms, and
Alerts, Commercial Intrusion Detection Systems, Understanding E-Mail Headers Tracing a Domain
Name or IP Address.

Collecting and preserving digital Evidence: Introduction, understanding the role of evidence in a
criminal case, collecting digital evidence, preserving digital evidence, recovering digital evidence,
documenting evidence.

TextBook 2:Ch 9, Ch 10.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Case studies
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Describe the cyber crime terminologies
CO 2. Analyze cybercrime in mobiles and wireless devices along with the tools for Cybercrime and
prevention
CO 3. Analyze the motive and causes for cybercrime, cybercriminals, and investigators
CO 4. Apply the methods for understanding criminal case and evidence, detection standing criminal
case and evidence.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. SunitBelapure and Nina Godbole, “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer
Forensics And Legal Perspectives”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, ISBN: 978-81- 265-21791, 2013

2. Debra Little John Shinder and Michael Cross, “Scene of the cybercrime”, 2nd edition, Syngress
publishing Inc, Elsevier Inc, 2008

Reference Books:
1. Robert M Slade, “Software Forensics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Bernadette H Schell, Clemens Martin, “Cybercrime”, ABC - CLIO Inc, California, 2004.
3. Nelson Phillips and EnfingerSteuart, “Computer Forensics and Investigations”, Cengage
Learning, New Delhi, 2009.
4. Kevin Mandia, Chris Prosise, Matt Pepe, “Incident Response and Computer Forensics”, Tata
McGraw -Hill, New Delhi, 2006.

Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5czDzUPlHclQ.
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch7v5qS4ViqnikC8
3. https://www.trendmicro.com/en nz/ciso/21/h/cybercrime-today-and-the-future.html
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Real world problem solving: Demonstration of proiects related to Cyber security.

VI
Semester PROGRAMMING IN JAVA
Course Code 21CS654 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
CLO 1. Learn fundamental features of object oriented language and JAVA.
CLO 2. To create, debug and run simple Java programs.
CLO 3. Learn object oriented concepts using programming examples.
CLO 4. Study the concepts of importing of packages and exception handling mechanism.
CLO 5. Discuss the String Handling examples with Object Oriented concepts.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1

An Overview of Java: Object-Oriented Programming, A First Simple Program, A Second Short Program,
Two Control Statements, Using Blocks of Code, Lexical Issues, The Java Class Libraries.

Data Types, Variables, and Arrays: Java Is a Strongly Typed Language, The Primitive Types, Integers,
Floating-Point Types, Characters, Booleans, A Closer Look at Literals, Variables, Type Conversion and
Casting, Automatic Type Promotion in Expressions, Arrays, A Few Words About Strings

Textbook 1:Ch 2,Ch 3.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning.
Module-2
Operators: Arithmetic Operators, The Bitwise Operators, Relational Operators, Boolean Logical
Operators, The Assignment Operator, The ? Operator, Operator Precedence, Using Parentheses,

Control Statements: Java’s Selection Statements, Iteration Statements, Jump Statements.

Textbook 1:Ch 4,Ch 5.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Introducing Classes: Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects, Assigning Object Reference Variables,
Introducing Methods, Constructors, The this Keyword, Garbage Collection, The finalize( ) Method, A
Stack Class.
 A Closer Look at Methods and Classes: Overloading Methods, Using Objects as Parameters, A Closer
Look at Argument Passing, Returning Objects, Recursion, Introducing Access Control, Understanding
static, Introducing final, Arrays Revisited. Inheritance: Inheritance, Using super, Creating a Multilevel
Hierarchy, When Constructors Are Called, Method Overriding.

Textbook 1: Ch 6, Ch 7.1-7.9,Ch 8.1-8.5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Packages and Interfaces: Packages, Access Protection, Importing Packages, Interfaces.

Exception Handling: Exception-Handling Fundamentals, Exception Types, Uncaught Exceptions, Using

try and catch, Multiple catch Clauses, Nested try Statements, throw, throws, finally, Java’s Built-in
Exceptions, Creating Your Own Exception Subclasses, Chained Exceptions, Using Exceptions

Textbook 1: Ch 9,Ch 10.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-5

Enumerations Enumerations, Type Wrappers.

String Handling: The String Constructors, String Length, Special String Operations, Character
Extraction, String Comparison, Searching Strings, Modifying a String, Data Conversion Using valueOf( ),
Changing the Case of Characters Within a String , Additional String Methods, StringBuffer,
StringBuilder.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Develop JAVA programs using OOP principles and proper program structuring.
CO 2. Develop JAVA program using packages, inheritance and interface.
CO 3. Develop JAVA programs to implement error handling techniques using exception handling
CO 4. Demonstrate string handling concepts using JAVA.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Herbert Schildt, Java The Complete Reference, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007. (Chapters
2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 9,10, 12,15)
Reference Books:
1. Mahesh Bhave and Sunil Patekar, "Programming with Java", First Edition, Pearson
Education,2008, ISBN:9788131720806.
2. Rajkumar Buyya,SThamarasiselvi, xingchen chu, Object oriented Programming with java, Tata
McGraw Hill education private limited.
3. E Balagurusamy, Programming with Java A primer, Tata McGraw Hill companies.
4. Anita Seth and B L Juneja, JAVA One step Ahead, Oxford University Press, 2017.___________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Real world problem solving: Demonstration of projects developed using JAVA
VI
Semester
COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND IMAGE PROCESSING LABORATORY
Course Code 21CSL66 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 24 Total Marks 100
Credits 1 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:
CLO 1: Demonstrate the use of Open GL.
CLO 2: Demonstrate the different geometric object drawing using openGL
CLO 3: Demonstration of 2D/3D transformation on simple objects.
CLO 4: Demonstration of lighting effects on the created objects.
CLO 5: Demonstration of Image processing operations on image/s.
Sl. No. Practise Programs
• Installation of OpenGL /OpenCV/ Python and required headers
• Simple programs using OpenGL (Drawing simple geometric object like line, circle,
rectangle, square)
• Simple programs using OpenCV (operation on an image/s)
PARTA
List of problems for which student should develop program and execute in the
Laboratory using openGL/openCV/Python
1. Develop a program to draw a line using Bresenham’s line drawing technique
2. Develop a program to demonstrate basic geometric operations on the 2D object
3. Develop a program to demonstrate basic geometric operations on the 3D object
4. Develop a program to demonstrate 2D transformation on basic objects
5. Develop a program to demonstrate 3D transformation on 3D objects
6. Develop a program to demonstrate Animation effects on simple objects.
Write a Program to read a digital image. Split and display image into 4 quadrants, up, down,
7.
right and left.
8. Write a program to show rotation, scaling, and translation on an image.
Read an image and extract and display low-level features such as edges, textures using
9.
filtering techniques.
10. Write a program to blur and smoothing an image.
11. Write a program to contour an image.
12. Write a program to detect a face/s in an image.

PART B Practical Based Learning

Student should develop a mini project and it should be demonstrate in the laboratory
examination, Some of the projects are listed and it is not limited to:
> Recognition of License Plate through Image Processing
> Recognition of Face Emotion in Real-Time
> Detection of Drowsy Driver in Real-Time
> Recognition of Handwriting by Image Processing
> Detection of Kidney Stone
> Verification of Signature
> Compression of Color Image
> Classification of Image Category
> Detection of Skin Cancer
> Marking System of Attendance using Image Processing
> Detection of Liver Tumor
> IRIS Segmentation
> Detection of Skin Disease and / or Plant Disease
> Biometric Sensing System .
> Projects which helps to formers to understand the present developments in
agriculture.
 > Projects which helps high school/college students to understand the scientific
problems.
> Simulation projects which helps to understand innovations in science and
technology
Course Outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO 1: Use openGL /OpenCV for the development of mini Projects.

CO 2: Analyze the necessity mathematics and design required to demonstrate basic geometric
transformation techniques.
C0 3: Demonstrate the ability to design and develop input interactive techniques.
CO 4: Apply the concepts to Develop user friendly applications using Graphics and IP concepts.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The
student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination (SEE).

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
• Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed
by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the
beginning of the practical session.
• Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment writeup
will be evaluated for 10 marks.
• Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
• Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
• Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
• In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
• The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
• The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two
tests is the total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):

• SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

• SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the University
• All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
• (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to
be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics
shall be decided jointly by examiners.
• Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
 • Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure
and result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for
• 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course
type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
Students can pick one experiment from the questions lot of PART A with equal choice to all the
students in a batch.
• PART B : Student should develop a mini project and it should be demonstrated in the
laboratory examination (with report and presentation).
Weightage of marks for PART A is 60% and for PART B is 40%. General rubrics suggested to
be followed for part A and part B.
•
Change of experiment is allowed only once (in part A) and marks allotted to the procedure part
to be made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours.
Suggested Learning Resources:
•
1. Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker: Computer Graphics with OpenGL Version,3rd/4th Edition,
Pearson Education,2011
2. James D Foley, Andries Van Dam, Steven K Feiner, John F Huges Computer graphics with
OpenGL: Pearson education
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106090/
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102063/
. 3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103224/
. 4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102065/
. 5 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/opencv/
. https://medium.com/analytics-vidhya/introduction-to-computer-vision-opencv-in-python-
6 fb722e805e8b
.
VI
Semester
BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Course Code 21CS71 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:
CLO 1. Understand fundamentals and applications of Big Data analytics
CLO 2. Explore the Hadoop framework and Hadoop Distributed File system and essential Hadoop
Tools
CLO 3. Illustrate the concepts of NoSQL using MongoDB and Cassandra for Big Data
CLO 4. Employ MapReduce programming model to process the big data
CLO 5. Understand various machine learning algorithms for Big Data Analytics, Web Mining and
Social Network Analysis.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only traditional lecture method, but different type of
teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
improve the students' understanding.Module-1
Introduction to Big Data Analytics: Big Data, Scalability and Parallel Processing, Designing Data
Architecture, Data Sources, Quality, Pre-Processing and Storing, Data Storage and Analysis, Big Data
Analytics Applications and Case Studies.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1: 1.2 -1.7

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n
Krer6YWY4
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20
cs92/previ ew
Module-2
Introduction to Hadoop (T1): Introduction, Hadoop and its Ecosystem, Hadoop Distributed File
System, MapReduce Framework and Programming Model, Hadoop Yarn, Hadoop Ecosystem Tools.

Hadoop Distributed File System Basics (T2): HDFS Design Features, Components, HDFS User
Commands.

Essential Hadoop Tools (T2): Using Apache Pig, Hive, Sqoop, Flume, Oozie, HBase.

Textbook 1: Chapter 2 :2.1-2.6

Textbook 2: Chapter 3
Textbook 2: Chapter 7 (except walk throughs)

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and Board

2. Laboratory Demonstration
Module-3
NoSQL Big Data Management, MongoDB and Cassandra: Introduction, NoSQL Data Store, NoSQL
Data Architecture Patterns, NoSQL to Manage Big Data, Shared-Nothing Architecture for Big Data
Tasks, MongoDB, Databases, Cassandra Databases.

Textbook 1: Chapter 3: 3.1-3.7

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and Board

2. Laboratory Demonstration
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pWbMrx5rVBE
Module-4
Introduction, MapReduce Map Tasks, Reduce Tasks and MapReduce Execution, Composing MapReduce
for Calculations and Algorithms, Hive, HiveQL, Pig.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4: 4.1-4.6

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and Board
2. Laboratory Demonstration
Module-5
Machine Learning Algorithms for Big Data Analytics: Introduction, Estimating the relationships,
Outliers, Variances, Probability Distributions, and Correlations, Regression analysis, Finding Similar
Items, Similarity of Sets and Collaborative Filtering, Frequent Itemsets and Association Rule Mining.

Text, Web Content, Link, and Social Network Analytics: Introduction, Text mining, Web Mining,
Web Content and Web Usage Analytics, Page Rank, Structure of Web and analyzing a Web Graph, Social
Network as Graphs and Social Network Analytics:

Textbook 1: Chapter 6: 6.1 to 6.5

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and Board

2. Laboratory Demonstration
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand fundamentals and applications of Big Data analytics.
CO 2. Investigate Hadoop framework, Hadoop Distributed File system and essential Hadoop tools.
CO 3. Illustrate the concepts of NoSQL using MongoDB and Cassandra for Big Data.
CO 4. Demonstrate the MapReduce programming model to process the big data along with Hadoop
tools.
CO 5. Apply Machine Learning algorithms for real world big data, web contents and Social Networks
to provide analytics with relevant visualization tools.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)

6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks

(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Raj Kamal and Preeti Saxena, “Big Data Analytics Introduction to Hadoop, Spark, and Machine-
Learning”, McGraw Hill Education, 2018 ISBN: 9789353164966, 9353164966
2. Douglas Eadline, "Hadoop 2 Quick-Start Guide: Learn the Essentials of Big Data Computing in the
Apache Hadoop 2 Ecosystem", 1 stEdition, Pearson Education, 2016. ISBN13: 9789332570351
Reference Books
1. Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide”, 4 th Edition, O"ReiHy Media, 2015.ISBN-13: 978-
9352130672
2. Boris Lublinsky, Kevin T Smith, Alexey Yakubovich, "Professional Hadoop Solutions", 1 stEdition,
Wrox Press, 2014ISBN-13: 978-8126551071
3. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations: A Guide for Developers and Administrators",1 stEdition,
O'Reilly Media, 2012.ISBN-13: 978-9350239261
4. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, "Big Data Analytics: A Hands-On Approach", 1st Edition, VPT
Publications, 2018. ISBN-13: 978-0996025577
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch2vEn Krer6YWY4
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20 cs92/preview
3. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/106104189/L01.html
4. https://web2.qatar.cmu.edu/~mhhammou/15440-f19/recitations/Project4_Handout.pdf
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Mini Project Topics for Practical Based Learning :Search Engine Optimization, Social Media
Reputation Monitoring, Equity Research, Detection of Global Suicide rate, Find the Percentage of Pollution
in India, Analyze crime rate in India, Health Status Prediction, Anomaly Detection in cloud server, Tourist
Behaviour Analysis, BusBest Not limited to above topics
VI
Semester CLOUD COMPUTI NG
Course Code 21CS72 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 24 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:

CLO 1. Introduce the rationale behind the cloud computing revolution and the business drivers
CLO 2. Introduce various models of cloud computing
CLO 3. Introduction on how to design cloud native applications, the necessary tools and the design
tradeoffs.
CLO 4. Realize the importance of Cloud Virtualization, Abstraction's and Enabling Technologies and
cloud security
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only traditional lecture method, but different type of
teaching methods may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
improve the students' understanding.Module-1
Introduction:
Introduction ,Cloud Computing at a Glance, Historical Developments, Building Cloud Computing
Environments, Amazon Web Services (AWS), Google AppEngine, Microsoft Azure, Hadoop, Force.com
and Salesforce.com, Manjrasoft Aneka

Textbook 1: Chapter 1: 1.1,1.2 and 1.3

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning

Module-2
Virtualization: Introduction, Characteristics of Virtualized, Environments Taxonomy of Virtualization
Techniques, Execution Virtualization, Other Types of Virtualization, Virtualization and Cloud
Computing, Pros and Cons of Virtualization, Technology Examples

Textbook 1 : Chapter 3: 3.1 to 3.6

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning
Module-3
Cloud Computing Architecture: Introduction, Cloud Reference Model, Types of Clouds, Economics of
the Cloud, Open Challenges

Textbook 1: Chapter 4: 4.1 to 4.5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration

Module-4
Cloud Security: Risks, Top concern for cloud users, privacy impact assessment, trust, OS security, VM
Security, Security Risks posed by shared images and management OS.

Textbook 2: Chapter 9: 9.1 to 9.6, 9.8, 9.9

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board

Module-5
Cloud Platforms in Industry
Amazon web services: - Compute services, Storage services, Communication services, Additional
services. Google AppEngine: - Architecture and core concepts, Application life cycle, Cost model,
Observations.

Textbook 1: Chapter 9: 9.1 to 9.2

Cloud Applications:
Scientific applications: - HealthCare: ECG analysis in the cloud, Biology: gene expression data analysis
for cancer diagnosis, Geoscience: satellite image processing. Business and consumer applications: CRM
and ERP, Social networking, media applications.

Textbook 1: Chapter 10: 10.1 to 10.2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand and analyze various cloud computing platforms and service provider.
CO 2. Illustrate various virtualization concepts.
CO 3. Identify the architecture, infrastructure and delivery models of cloud computing.
CO 4. Understand the Security aspects of CLOUD.
CO 5. Define platforms for development of cloud applications
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
 6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks

(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 2 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:

Textbooks
1. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, and Thamrai Selvi Mastering Cloud Computing McGraw
Hill Education.
2. Dan C. Marinescu, Cloud Compting Theory and Practice, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier 2013

Reference Books
1. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Cloud Computing: A Practical Approach, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.
2. George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the
Cloud, O'Reilly Publication.
3. John Rhoton, Cloud Computing Explained: Implementation Handbook for Enterprises,
____________Recursive Press.__________________________________________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
• https://www.youtube.com/watch2vH1N3oqYhzHv4
• https://www.youtube.com/watch2vHRWgW-CgdIk0

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

VI
Semester

OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN

Course Code 21CS731 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Describe the concepts involved in Object-Oriented modelling and their benefits.
CLO 2. Demonstrate concept of use-case model, sequence model and state chart model for a
given problem.
CLO 3. Explain the facets of the unified process approach to design and build a Software system.
CLO 4. Translate the requirements into implementation for Object Oriented design.
CLO 5. Choose an appropriate design pattern to facilitate development procedure.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Advanced object and class concepts; Association ends; N-ary associations; Aggregation; Abstract
classes; Multiple inheritance; Metadata; Reification; Constraints; Derived Data; Packages. State
Modeling: Events, States, Transistions and Conditions, State Diagrams, State diagram behaviour.

Textbook-1: 4, 5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration

Module-2
UseCase Modelling and Detailed Requirements: Overview; Detailed object-oriented Requirements
definitions; System Processes-A use case/Scenario view; Identifying Input and outputs-The System
sequence diagram; Identifying Object Behaviour-The state chart Diagram; Integrated Object-oriented
Models.

Textbook-2:Chapter- 6:Page 210 to 250

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration

Module-3
Process Overview, System Conception and Domain Analysis: Process Overview: Development stages;
Development life Cycle; System Conception: Devising a system concept; elaborating a concept;
preparing
a problem statement. Domain Analysis: Overview of analysis; Domain Class model: Domain state
model; Domain interaction model; Iterating the analysis.
Textbook-1:Chapter- 10,11,and 12
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration

Module-4
Use case Realization :The Design Discipline within up iterations: Object Oriented Design-The Bridge
between Requirements and Implementation; Design Classes and Design within Class Diagrams;
Interaction Diagrams-Realizing Use Case and defining methods; Designing with Communication
Diagrams; Updating the Design Class Diagram; Package Diagrams-Structuring the Major Components;
Implementation Issues for Three-Layer Design.
Textbook-2: Chapter 8: page 292 to 346

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration

Module-5
Design Patterns: Introduction; what is a design pattern?, Describing design patterns, the catalogue of
design patterns, Organizing the catalogue, How design patterns solve design problems, how to select a
design patterns, how to use a design pattern; Creational patterns: prototype and singleton (only);
structural patterns adaptor and proxy (only).
Textbook-3: Ch-1: 1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8,Ch-3,Ch-4.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Describe the concepts of object-oriented and basic class modelling.
CO 2. Draw class diagrams, sequence diagrams and interaction diagrams to solve problems.
CO 3. Choose and apply a befitting design pattern for the given problem.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module________________
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Michael Blaha, James Rumbaugh: Object Oriented Modelling and Design with UML,2 nd Edition,
Pearson Education,2005
2. Satzinger, Jackson and Burd: Object-Oriented Analysis & Design with the Unified Process,
Cengage Learning, 2005.
3. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson and john Vlissides: Design Patterns -Elements of
Reusable Object-Oriented Software, Pearson Education,2007.
Reference:
1. Grady Booch et. al.: Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications,3 rd Edition,Pearson
Education,2007.
2. Frank Buschmann, RegineMeunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michel Stal: Pattern -
Oriented Software Architecture. A system of patterns , Volume 1, John Wiley and Sons.2007.
3. Booch, Jacobson, Rambaugh : Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications, 3rd edition,
pearson, Reprint 2013
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

VI
Semester

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Course Code 21CS732 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Understand the fundamentals of digital image processing

CLO 2. Explain the image transform techniques used in digital image processing
CLO 3. Apply different image enhancement techniques on digital images
CLO 4. Evaluate image restoration techniques and methods used in digital imageprocessing
CLO 5. Understand the Morphological Operations and Segmentation used in digital
_________________imageprocessing______________________________________________________________________________
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Digital Image Fundamentals: What is Digital Image Processing? Originsof Digital Image Processing,
Examples of fields that use DIP, FundamentalSteps in Digital Image Processing, Components of an Image
ProcessingSystem, Elements of Visual Perception, Image Sensing and Acquisition, Image Sampling and
Quantization, Some Basic Relationships BetweenPixels, Linear and Nonlinear Operations.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1 and Chapter 2: Sections 2.1 to 2.5, 2.6.2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Spatial Domain: Some Basic Intensity Transformation Functions, Histogram Processing, Fundamentals
of Spatial Filtering, SmoothingSpatial Filters, Sharpening Spatial Filters
Frequency Domain: Preliminary Concepts, The Discrete FourierTransform (DFT) of Two Variables,
Properties of the 2-D DFT, Filtering inthe Frequency Domain, Image Smoothing and Image Sharpening
UsingFrequency Domain Filters, Selective Filtering.

Textbook 1: Chapter 3: Sections 3.2 to 3.6 and Chapter 4: Sections 4.2, 4.5 to 4.10____________________
Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
2. Laboratory Demonstration
Module-3
Restoration: Noise models, Restoration in the Presence of Noise Onlyusing Spatial Filtering and
Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations, Estimating the Degradation
Function, InverseFiltering, Minimum Mean Square Error (Wiener) Filtering, ConstrainedLeast Squares
Filtering.

Textbook 1: Chapter 5: Sections 5.2, to 5.9

Teaching-Learning Process 1. Chalk and board
Module-4
Color Image Processing: Color Fundamentals, Color Models, Pseudo color Image Processing.
Wavelets: Background, Multiresolution Expansions.

Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and Dilation, Opening and Closing, The Hit-
or-Miss Transforms, Some Basic Morphological Algorithms.

Text: Chapter 6: Sections 6.1 to 6.3, Chapter 7: Sections 7.1 and 7.2, Chapter 9: Sections 9.1 to
9.5
Teaching-Learning Process 1.Chalk& board
2.Demonstartion of Case study /Application for wavelet transfer
method
Module-5
Segmentation: Introduction, classification of image segmentation algorithms, Detection of
Discontinuities, Edge Detection, Hough Transforms and Shape Detection, Corner Detection, Principles
of Thresholding.
Representation and Description: Representation, Boundary descriptors.
Text2: Chapter 9: Sections 9.1, to 9.7 and Text 1: Chapter 11: Sections 11.1and 11.2
Teaching-Learning Process 1 .Chalk and board, MOOC.
2 . Poster making activity for various image segmentation
algorithms

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand the fundamentals of Digital Image Processing.
CO 2. Apply different Image transformation techniques
CO 3. Analyze various image restoration techniques
CO 4. Understand colour image and morphological processing
CO 5. Design image analysis and segmentation techniques
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)

1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester

2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks

4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester

5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)

6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks

(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).

CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)

1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Textbooks
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Third Ed., Prentice Hall,
2008.
2. S. Sridhar, Digital Image Processing, Oxford University Press, 2ndEdition, 2016

Reference:
1. Digital Image Processing- S.Jayaraman, S.Esakkirajan, T.Veerakumar, TataMcGraw Hill 2014.
2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing-A. K. Jain, Pearson 2004
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https: //https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105032/
2. https://github.com/PrajwalPrabhuiisc/Image-processing-assignments

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Demonstration of finding the histogram from grayscale image, to check the low pass filter properties,
filtering the images using Gaussian low pass filter, etc... using Python programming

Practical Based Assignment like following or any topic which is in-line with the course requirement.
Students shall present and demonstrate their work at the end of semester.

• Program to show rotation, scaling, and translation of an image.

• Read an image and extract and display low-level features such as edges, textures using filtering
techniques
• Demonstrate enhancing and segmenting low contrast 2D images.
• To Read an image, first apply erosion to the image and then subtract the result from the
original.
VI
Semester
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
Course Code 21CS733 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives:

CLO 1. To understand Cryptography, Network Security and its principles

CLO 2. To Analyze different Cryptography algorithms
CLO 3. To Illustrate Public and Private key cryptography
CLO 4. To Explain Key management, distribution and certification
CLO 5. To understand necessary Approaches and Techniques to build protection mechanisms in order
to secure computer networks.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different encryption techniques and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps
improve the students' understanding.Module-1
Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric Cipher Model, Cryptography, Cryptanalysis and Brute-
Force Attack, Substitution Techniques, Caesar Cipher, Monoalphabetic Cipher, Playfair Cipher, Hill
Cipher, Polyalphabetic Cipher, One Time Pad.

Block Ciphers and the Data Encryption Standard: Traditional block Cipher structure, Stream
Ciphers and Block Ciphers, Motivation for the Feistel Cipher structure, the Feistel Cipher, The data
encryption standard, DES encryption, DES decryption, A DES example, results, the avalanche effect, the
strength of DES, the use of 56-Bit Keys, the nature of the DES algorithm, timing attacks, Block cipher
design principles, number of rounds, design of function F, key schedule algorithm

Textbook 1: Chapter 2, 3
Teaching-Learning Process | Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Public-Key Cryptography and RSA: Principles of public-key cryptosystems. Public-key
cryptosystems. Applications for public-key cryptosystems, requirements for public-key cryptosystems.
public-key cryptanalysis. The RSA algorithm, description of the algorithm, computational aspects, the
security of RSA.

Other Public-Key Cryptosystems: Diffie-Hellman key exchange, The algorithm, key exchange
protocols, man in the middle attack, Elgamal Cryptographic systems.

Textbook 1: Chapter 9, 10
Teaching-Learning Process | Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Key Management and Distribution: Symmetric key distribution using Symmetric encryption, A key
distribution scenario, Hierarchical key control, session key lifetime, a transparent key control scheme,
Decentralized key control, controlling key usage, Symmetric key distribution using asymmetric
encryption, simple secret key distribution, secret key distribution with confidentiality and authentication,
A hybrid scheme, distribution of public keys, public announcement of public keys, publicly available
directory, public key authority, public keys certificates.

Textbook 1: Chapter 14.1 - 14.3_________________________________________________________________________________

Teaching-Learning Process | Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
_______________________________________________________Module-4______________________________________________________
X-509 certificates. Certificates, X-509 version 3

Public key infrastructure.

User Authentication: Remote user Authentication principles, Mutual Authentication, one-way

authentication, remote user Authentication using Symmetric encryption, Mutual Authentication, oneway
Authentication,

Kerberos, Motivation, Kerberos version 4, Kerberos version 5, Remote user Authentication using
Asymmetric encryption, Mutual Authentication, one-way Authentication.

Textbook 1: Chapter 14.4 - 15.4_________________________________________________________________________________

Teaching-Learning Process | Chalk& board, Problem based learning
_______________________________________________________Module-5______________________________________________________
Electronic Mail Security: Pretty good privacy, S/MIME,

IP Security: IP Security overview, IP Security policy, Encapsulating Security payload, Combining security
associations, Internet key exchange.

Textbook 1: Chapter 19.1, 19.2, 20.1 - 20.5____________________________________________________________________

Teaching-Learning Process | Chalk and board, Problem based learning
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO 1. Understand Cryptography, Network Security theories, algorithms and systems

CO 2. Apply different Cryptography and Network Security operations on different applications
CO 3. Analyze different methods for authentication and access control
CO 4. Evaluate Public and Private key, Key management, distribution and certification
CO 5. Design necessary techniques to build protection mechanisms to secure computer networks
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination
(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)

6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester

The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module________________
Textbooks
1. William Stallings: Cryptography and Network Security, Pearson 6th edition.

Reference:
1. V. K Pachghare: Cryptography and Information Security, PHI 2nd Edition
2. BehrouzA.Foruzan, Cryptography and Network Security, Tata McGraw Hill 2007._________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs16
https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/106105031
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DEqjC0G5KwU
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FqQ7TWvOaus
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PHsa_Ddgx6w

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning:

Project based learning:
1. Implement classical, symmetric and asymmetric algorithms in any preferred language
2. Evaluate network security protocol using any simulator available
3. Conduct a comprehensive literature survey on the protocols and algorithms
4. Identify the security threats and models of security threats
5. Implement factorization algorithms and evaluate their complexity, identify a technologies to
factorize a large prime number.
VI
Semester
BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Course Code 21CS734 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Explain the fundamentals of distributed computing and blockchain

CLO 2. Discuss the concepts in bitcoin
CLO 3. Demonstrate Ethereum platform
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Blockchain 101: Distributed systems, History of blockchain, Introduction to blockchain, Types of
blockchain, CAP theorem and blockchain, Benefits and limitations of blockchain.

Decentralization and Cryptography: Decentralization using blockchain, Methods of decentralization,

Routes to decentralization, Decentralized organizations.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1, 2
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning - Oral presentations.
Module-2

Introduction to Cryptography & Cryptocurrencies: Cryptographic Hash Functions, Hash Pointers

and Data Structures, Digital Signatures, Public Keys as Identities, A Simple Cryptocurrency,

How Bitcoin Achieves Decentralization: Distributed consensus, Consensus without identity using a
block chain, Incentives and proof of work, Putting it all together,
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Demonstration
Module-3
Mechanics of Bitcoin: Bitcoin transactions, Bitcoin Scripts, Applications of Bitcoin scripts, Bitcoin
blocks, The Bitcoin network, Limitations and improvements
 How to Store and Use Bitcoins: Simple Local Storage, Hot and Cold Storage, Splitting and Sharing
Keys, Online Wallets and Exchanges, Payment Services, Transaction Fees, Currency Exchange Markets

Textbook2: Chapter 3,4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration, MOOC
Module-4

Bitcoin Mining: The task of Bitcoin miners, Mining Hardware, Energy consumption and ecology,
Mining pools, Mining incentives and strategies,

Bitcoin and Anonymity: Anonymity Basics, How to De-anonymize Bitcoin, Mixing, Decentralized
Mixing, Zerocoin and Zerocash,
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning, MOOC
Module-5

Smart Contracts and Ethereum 101:

Smart Contracts: Definition, Ricardian contracts.

Ethereum 101: Introduction, Ethereum blockchain, Elements of the Ethereum blockchain,

Precompiled contracts.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC, Practical Demonstration
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Describe the concepts of Distrbuted computing and its role in Blockchain
CO 2. Describe the concepts of Cryptography and its role in Blockchain
CO 3. List the benefits, drawbacks and applications of Blockchain
CO 4. Appreciate the technologies involved in Bitcoin
CO 5. Appreciate and demonstrate the Ethereum platform to develop blockchain application.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subj ect/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Mastering Blockchain - Distributed ledgers, decentralization and smart contracts explained,
Imran Bashir, Packt Publishing Ltd, Second Edition, ISBN 978-1-78712-544-5, 2017.
2. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward W. Felten, Andrew Miller, Steven Goldfeder and
Jeremy Clark., Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A Comprehensive Introduction.
Princeton University Press, 2016.
Reference:
1. Mastering Bitcoins: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies by Andreas Antonopoulos. O’Reilly
__________Media, Inc, 2013.___________________________________________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. http://bitcoinbook.cs.princeton.edu/? ga=2.8302578.1344744326.1642688462-
86383721.1642688462
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105184/
3. https://ethereum.org/en/developers/
4. https://developer.ibm.com/components/hyperledger-fabric/tutorials/
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
VI
Semester
INTERNET OF THINGS
Course Code 21CS735 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Understand about the fundamentals of Internet of Things and its building blocks along
with their characteristics.
CLO 2. Understand the recent application domains of IoT in everyday life.
CLO 3. Understand the protocols and standards designed for IoT and the current research on it.
CLO 4. Understand the other associated technologies like cloud and fog computing in the
domain of IoT.
CLO 5. Improve their knowledge about the various cutting-edge technologies in the field IoT
and machine learning applications.
CLO 6. Gain insights about the current trends of machine learning and AI techniques used in IoT
to orient towards the present industrial scenario.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Emergence of IoT: Introduction, Evolution of IoT, Enabling IoT and the Complex Interdependence of
Technologies, IoT Networking Components, Addressing Strategies in IoT.

Textbook 1: Chapter 4 - 4.1 to 4.5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
IoT Sensing and Actuation: Introduction, Sensors, Sensor Characteristics, Sensorial Deviations,
Sensing Types, Sensing Considerations, Actuators, Actuator Types, Actuator Characteristics.

Textbook 1: Chapter 5 - 5.1 to 5.9

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
IoT Processing Topologies and Types: Data Format, Importance of Processing in IoT, Processing
Topologies, IoT Device Design and Selection Considerations, Processing Offloading.
 Textbook 1: Chapter 6 - 6.1 to 6.5
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
IoT Connectivity Technologies: Introduction, IEEE 802.15.4, Zigbee, Thread, ISA100.11A,
WirelessHART, RFID, NFC, DASH7, Z-Wave, Weightless, Sigfox, LoRa, NB-IoT, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth

Textbook 1: Chapter 7 - 7.1 to 7.16

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & board, Problem based learning
Module-5
IoT Communication Technologies: Introduction, Infrastructure Protocols, Discovery Protocols, Data
Protocols, Identification Protocols, Device Management, Semantic Protocols

IoT Interoperability: Introduction, Taxonomy of interoperability, Standards, Frameworks

Textbook 1: Chapter 8 - 8.1, 6.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, .7

Textbook 1: Chapter 9 - 9.1, 9.2, 9.3
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand the evolution of IoT, IoT networking components, and addressing strategies in IoT.
CO 2. Analyze various sensing devices and actuator types.
CO 3. Demonstrate the processing in IoT.
CO 4. Apply different connectivity technologies.
CO 5. Understand the communication technologies , protocols and interoperability in IoT.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester- Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three
suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01 hours)
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
 proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Sudip Misra, Anandarup Mukherjee, Arijit Roy, “Introduction to IoT”, Cambridge University Press
2021.

Reference:
2. S. Misra, C. Roy, and A. Mukherjee, 2020. Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things and Industry
4.0. CRC Press.
3. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”,1st Edition, VPT,
2014.
4. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything”,
1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013.______________________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM1/noc19-cs31/
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
VI
Semester
SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN PATTERNS
Course Code 21CS741 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Learn How to add functionality to designs while minimizing complexity.

CLO 2. What code qualities are required to maintain to keep code flexible?
CLO 3. To Understand the common design patterns.
CLO 4. To explore the appropriate patterns for design problems
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction: what is a design pattern? describing design patterns, the catalog of design pattern,
organizing the catalog, how design patterns solve design problems, how to select a design pattern,
how to use a design pattern. A Notation for Describing Object-Oriented Systems

Textbook 1: Chapter 1 and 2.7

Analysis a System: overview of the analysis phase, stage 1: gathering the requirements functional
requirements specification, defining conceptual classes and relationships, using the knowledge of
the domain. Design and Implementation, discussions and further reading.

Textbook 1: Chapter 6

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Design Pattern Catalog: Structural patterns, Adapter, bridge, composite, decorator, facade,
flyweight, proxy.

Textbook 2: chapter 4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration

Module-3
BehavioralPatterns: Chain of Responsibility, Command, Interpreter, Iterator, Mediator, Memento,
Observer, State, Template Method
 Textbook 2: chapter 5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration

Module-4
Interactive systems and the MVC architecture: Introduction, The MVC architectural pattern,
analyzing a simple drawing program, designing the system, designing of the subsystems, getting into
implementation, implementing undo operation, drawing incompleteitems, adding a new feature,
pattern-based solutions.

Textbook 1: Chapter 11

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & board, Problem based learning

Module-5
Designing with Distributed Objects: Client server system, java remote method invocation,
implementing an object-oriented system on the web (discussions and further reading) a note on
input and output, selection statements, loops arrays.

Textbook 1: Chapter 12

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Design and implement codes with higher performance and lower complexity
CO 2. Be aware of code qualities needed to keep code flexible
CO 3. Experience core design principles and be able to assess the quality of a design with respect to
these principles.
CO 4. Capable of applying these principles in the design of object oriented systems.
CO 5. Demonstrate an understanding of a range of design patterns. Be capable of comprehending a
design presented using this vocabulary.
CO 6. Be able to select and apply suitable patterns in specific contexts
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester- Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three
suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01 hours)
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks

1. Brahma Dathan, Sarnath Rammath, Object-oriented analysis, design and implementation,

Universities Press,2013
2. Erich Gamma, Richard Helan, Ralph Johman, John Vlissides , Design Patterns, Pearson
Publication,2013.

Reference:
1. Frank Bachmann, RegineMeunier, Hans Rohnert “Pattern Oriented Software Architecture” -
Volume 1, 1996.
2. William J Brown et al., "Anti-Patterns: Refactoring Software, Architectures and Projects in
Crisis", John Wiley, 1998._________________________________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

VI
Semester
MULTIAGENT SYSTEMS
Course Code 21CS742 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. To introduce the concept of a multi agent systems and Distributed Constraints
CLO 2. Explore the main issues surrounding the computer and extended form games.
CLO 3. Develop cooperative learning, stochastic games
CLO 4. Exhibit the awareness about protocols about multi agent resource allocation and auctions
CLO 5. Construct voting mechanism design.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1: Multiagent Problem Formulation
Utility, Markov Decision Processes, Planning
Distributed Constraints: Distributed Constraint Satisfaction, Distributed Constraint Optimization

Textbook 1: Chapters 1 &2, Textbook 2: Chapter 1

Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Decision Processes, Planning

2. Demonstration of constraints and their optimization
Module-2: Standard and Extended Form Games
Games in Normal Form, Games in Extended Form, Self-interested agents, Characteristic Form Games,
Coalition Formation

Textbook 1: Chapters 3 & 4, Textbook 2: Chapter 3

Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Games in different forms

2. Demonstration of coalition formation
Module-3: Learning in Multiagent Systems
The Machine Learning Problem, Cooperative Learning, Repeated Games, Stochastic Games, General
Theories for Learning Agents, Collective Intelligence

Textbook 1: Chapters 5
 Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Cooperative learning, Collective intelligence
2. Demonstration of stochastic games
Module-4: Negotiation
The Bargaining Problem, Monotonic Concession Protocol, Negotiation as Distributed Search, Ad-hoc
Negotiation Strategies, The Task Allocation Problem.
Protocols for Multiagent Resource Allocation: Auctions: Simple Auctions, Combinatorial Auctions

Textbook 1: Chapters 6&7,

Textbook 2: Chapter 11

Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Bargaining problems

2. Demonstration of different auctions for resource
allocation
Module-5: Voting and Mechanism Design
The Voting Problem, Mechanism Design. Nature-Inspired Approaches: Ants and Termites, Immune
System

Textbook 1: Chapters 8&10,

Textbook 2: Chapter 10
Teaching-Learning Process 1. PPT - Voting Problem
2. Demonstration of nature inspired Approaches

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Demonstrate the decision process with different constraints
CO 2. Analyze games in different forms
CO 3. Apply the cooperative learning in developing games
CO 4. Analyze different negotiation strategies of Multi-Agent System
CO 5. Design and develop solutions for voting problems
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question papers are designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Fundamentals of Multiagent Systems by Jos'e M. Vidal, 2006, available online
http://jmvidal.cse.sc.edu/papers/mas.pdf.
2. Multiagent Systems: Algorithmic, Game-Theoretic, and Logical Foundations, By YoavShoham,
Kevin Leyton-Brown, Cambridge University Press, 2008, 2nded
http://www.masfoundations.org/mas.pdf
Reference:
1. Multiagent Systems : A Modern Approach to Distributed Artificial Intelligence Gerhard Weiss The
MIT Press 2000_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105077/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O2su1u2AXG0.
3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/modeling-simulation-natural-processes/multi-agent-
systems-kAKyC
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
VI
Semester
DEEP LEARNING
Course Code 21CS743 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Understand the fundamentals of deep learning.

CLO 2. Know the theory behind Convolutional Neural Networks, Autoencoders, RNN.
CLO 3. Illustrate the strength and weaknesses of many popular deep learning approaches.
CLO 4. Introduce major deep learning algorithms, the problem settings, and their applications
to solve real world problems.
CLO 5. Learn the open issues in deep learning, and have a grasp of the current research
directions.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction to Deep Learning: Introduction, Deep learning Model, Historical Trends in Deep
Learning,

Machine Learning Basics: Learning Algorithms, Supervised Learning Algorithms,

Unsupervised Learning Algorithms.

Textbook 1: Chapter1 - 1.1, 1.2, 5.1,5.7-5.8.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Feedforward Networks: Introduction to feedforward neural networks, Gradient-Based Learning,
Back- Propagation and Other Differentiation Algorithms. Regularization for Deep Learning,

Textbook 1: Chapter 6, 7
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Optimization for Training Deep Models: Empirical Risk Minimization, Challenges in Neural Network
Optimization, Basic Algorithms: Stochastic Gradient Descent, Parameter Initialization Strategies,
 Algorithms with Adaptive Learning Rates: The AdaGrad algorithm, The RMSProp algorithm, Choosing
the Right Optimization Algorithm.

Textbook 1: Chapter: 8.1-8.5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Convolutional Networks: The Convolution Operation, Pooling, Convolution and Pooling as an
Infinitely Strong Prior, Variants of the Basic Convolution Function, Structured Outputs, Data Types,
Efficient Convolution Algorithms, Random or Unsupervised Features- LeNet, AlexNet.

Textbook 1: Chapter: 9.1-9.9.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning

Module-5
Recurrent and Recursive Neural Networks: Unfolding Computational Graphs, Recurrent Neural
Network, Bidirectional RNNs, Deep Recurrent Networks, Recursive Neural Networks, The Long Short-
Term Memory and Other Gated RNNs.

Applications: Large-Scale Deep Learning, Computer, Speech Recognition, Natural Language Processing
and Other Applications.

Textbook 1: Chapter: 10.1-10.3, 10.5, 10.6, 10.10, 12.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes
CO1: Understand the fundamental issues and challenges of deep learning data, model selection, model
complexity etc.,
CO2: Describe various knowledge on deep learning and algorithms
CO3: Apply CNN and RNN model for real time applications
CO4: Identify various challenges involved in designing and implementing deep learning algorithms.
CO5: Relate the deep learning algorithms for the given types of learning tasks in varied domain

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016.
Reference:
1. Bengio, Yoshua. "Learning deep architectures for AI." Foundations and trends in Machine
Learning, 2009.
2. N.D.Lewis, “Deep Learning Made Easy with R: A Gentle Introduction for Data Science”, January
2016.
3. Nikhil Buduma, “Fundamentals of Deep Learning: Designing Next-Generation Machine
Intelligence Algorithms”, O’Reilly publications.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
• https://faculty.iitmandi.ac.in/~aditya/cs671/index.html
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106184/
• https://www.youtube.com/watch2vE7x2YZhEj9Dw

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

VI
Semester
ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
Course Code 21CS744 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. To understand basic concepts of RPA

CLO 2. To Describe RPA, where it can be applied and how its implemented
CLO 3. To Describe the different types of variables, Control Flow and data manipulation
techniques
CLO 4. To Understand Image, Text and Data Tables Automation
CLO 5. To Describe various types of Exceptions and strategies to handle
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
RPA Foundations- What is RPA - Flavors of RPA- History of RPA- The Benefits of RPA- The downsides
of RPA- RPA Compared to BPO, BPM and BPA - Consumer Willingness for Automation- The Workforce
of the Future- RPA Skills-On-Premise Vs. the Cloud- Web Technology- Programming Languages and
Low Code- OCR-Databases-APIs- AI-Cognitive Automation-Agile, Scrum, Kanban and Waterfall0
DevOps- Flowcharts.

Textbook 1: Ch 1, Ch 2
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
RPA Platforms- Components of RPA- RPA Platforms-About Ui Path- About UiPath - The future of
automation - Record and Play - Downloading and installing UiPath Studio -Learning Ui Path Studio- -
Task recorder - Step-by-step examples using the recorder.

Textbook 2: Ch 1, Ch 2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration

Module-3
 Sequence, Flowchart, and Control Flow-Sequencing the workflow-Activities-Control flow, various
types of loops, and decision making-Step-by-step example using Sequence and Flowchart-Step-by-step
example using Sequence and Control flow-Data Manipulation-Variables and Scope-Collections-
Arguments - Purpose and use-Data table usage with examples-Clipboard management-File operation
with step-by-step example-CSV/Excel to data table and vice versa (with a step-by-step example).

Textbook 2: Ch 3, Ch 4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration

Module-4
Taking Control of the Controls- Finding and attaching windows- Finding the control- Techniques for
waiting for a control- Act on controls - mouse and keyboard activities- Working with UiExplorer-
Handling events- Revisit recorder- Screen Scraping- When to use OCR- Types of OCR available- How to
use OCR- Avoiding typical failure points.

Textbook 2: Ch 5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning

Module-5
Exception Handling, Debugging, and Logging- Exception handling- Common exceptions and ways to
handle them- Logging and taking screensHOT- Debugging techniques- Collecting crash dumps- Error
reporting- Future of RPA

Textbook 2: Ch 8
Textbook 1: Ch 13

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC

Course Outcomes
CO 1. To Understand the basic concepts of RPA
CO 2. To Describe various components and platforms of RPA
CO 3. To Describe the different types of variables, control flow and data manipulation techniques
CO 4. To Understand various control techniques and OCR in RPA
CO 5. To Describe various types and strategies to handle exceptions
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Tom Taulli , The Robotic Process Automation Handbook : A Guide to Implementing RPA Systems,
2020, ISBN-13 (electronic): 978-1-4842-5729-6, Publisher : Apress
2. Alok Mani Tripathi, Learning Robotic Process Automation, Publisher: Packt Publishing Release
Date: March 2018 ISBN: 9781788470940
Reference:
1. Frank Casale, Rebecca Dilla, Heidi Jaynes, Lauren Livingston, “Introduction to Robotic Process
Automation: a Primer”, Institute of Robotic Process Automation.
2. Richard Murdoch, Robotic Process Automation: Guide To Building Software Robots, Automate
Repetitive Tasks & Become An RPA Consultant
3. Srikanth Merianda,Robotic Process Automation Tools, Process Automation and their benefits:
Understanding RPA and Intelligent Automation

Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

• https://www.uipath.com/rpa/robotic-process-automation

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

VI
Semester
NOSQL DATABASE
Course Code: 21CS745 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
(L:T:P:S)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:

CLO 1. Recognize and Describe the four types of NoSQL Databases, the Document-oriented, KeyValue
CLO 2. Pairs, Column-oriented and Graph databases useful for diverse applications.
CLO 3. Apply performance tuning on Column-oriented NoSQL databases and Document-oriented
NoSQL Databases.
CLO 4. Differentiate the detailed architecture of column oriented NoSQL database, Document
database and Graph Database and relate usage of processor, memory, storage and file system
commands.
CLO 5. Evaluate several applications for location based service and recommendation services. Devise
an application using the components of NoSQL.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer methods (L) need not to be only traditional lecture methods, but alternative
effective
teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps Module-1
Why NoSQL? The Value of Relational Databases, Getting at Persistent Data, Concurrency, Integration, A
(Mostly) Standard Model, Impedance Mismatch, Application and Integration Databases, Attack of the
Clusters, The Emergence of NoSQL,

Aggregate Data Models; Aggregates, Example of Relations and Aggregates, Consequences of Aggregate
Orientation, Key-Value and Document Data Models, Column-Family Stores, Summarizing Aggregate-
Oriented Databases.

More Details on Data Models; Relationships, Graph Databases, Schemaless Databases, Materialized
Views, Modeling for Data Access,
Textbook1: Chapter 1,2,3
Teaching-Learning Process Active learning
Module-2
Distribution Models; Single Server, Sharding, Master-Slave Replication, Peer-to-Peer Replication,
Combining Sharding and Replication.
Consistency, Update Consistency, Read Consistency, Relaxing Consistency, The CAP Theorem, Relaxing
Durability, Quorums.

Version Stamps, Business and System Transactions, Version Stamps on Multiple Nodes
Textbookl: Chapter 4,5,6
Teaching-Learning Process Active Learning and Demonstrations
Module-3
Map-Reduce, Basic Map-Reduce, Partitioning and Combining, Composing Map-Reduce Calculations, A
Two Stage Map-Reduce Example, Incremental Map-Reduce

Key-Value Databases, What Is a Key-Value Store, Key-Value Store Features, Consistency, Transactions,
Query Features, Structure of Data, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases, Storing Session Information, User
Profiles, Preference, Shopping Cart Data, When Not to Use, Relationships among Data, Multioperation
Transactions, Query by Data, Operations by Sets

Textbook1: Chapter 7,8

Teaching-Learning Process Active Learning, Problem solving based
Module-4
Document Databases, What Is a Document Database?, Features, Consistency, Transactions, Availability,
Query Features, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases, Event Logging, Content Management Systems, Blogging
Platforms, Web Analytics or Real-Time Analytics, E- Commerce Applications, When Not to Use,
Complex Transactions Spanning Dif erent Operations, Queries against Varying Aggregate Structure

Textbook1: Chapter 9
Teaching-Learning Process Active learning

Module-5
Graph Databases, What Is a Graph Database?, Features, Consistency, Transactions, Availability, Query
Features, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases, Connected Data, Routing, Dispatch, and Location-Based Services,
Recommendation Engines, When Not to Use.
Textbook1: Chapter 11
Teaching-Learning Process Active learning
Course Outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO1. Demonstrate an understanding of the detailed architecture of Column Oriented NoSQL databases,
Document databases, Graph databases.
CO2. Use the concepts pertaining to all the types of databases.
CO3. Analyze the structural Models of NoSQL.
CO4. Develop various applications using NoSQL databases.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course. Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be
proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Textbooks
1. Sadalage, P. & Fowler, NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot
Persistence, Pearson Addision Wesley, 2012
Reference Books
1. Dan Sullivan, "NoSQL For Mere Mortals", 1st Edition, Pearson Education India, 2015. (ISBN-
13: 978-9332557338)
2. Dan McCreary and Ann Kelly, "Making Sense of NoSQL: A guide for Managers and the Rest of us",
1st Edition, Manning Publication/Dreamtech Press, 2013. (ISBN-13: 978-9351192022)
3.__Kristina Chodorow, "Mongodb: The Definitive Guide- Powerful and Scalable Data Storage", 2nd
___________Edition, O'Reilly Publications, 2013. (ISBN-13: 978-9351102694)___________________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/ ( and related links in the page)
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0buKQHokLK8 (How do NoSQL databases work? Simply
explained)
3. https://www.techtarget.com/searchdatamanagement/definition/NoSQL-Not-Only-SQL (What
is NoSQL and How do NoSQL databases work)
4. https://www.mongodb.com/nosql-explained (What is NoSQL)
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20-cs92/preview (preview of Bigdata course contains
NoSQL)

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

• Real world problem solving using group discussion.
VI
Semester

P .OGRAMMING PYTHON
Course Code R 21CS751
IN CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. To understand why Python is a useful scripting language for developers

CLO 2. To read and write simple Python programs
CLO 3. To learn how to identify Python object types.
CLO 4. To learn how to write functions and pass arguments in Python.
CLO 5. To use Python data structures -- lists, tuples, dictionaries.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
INTRODUCTION DATA, EXPRESSIONS, STATEMENTS:08 Hours
Introduction: Creativity and motivation, understanding programming, Terminology: Interpreter and
compiler, Running Python, The First Program; Data types: Int, float, Boolean, string, and list, variables,
expressions, statements, Operators and operands.

Textbook 1: Chapter 1.1,1.2,1.3,1.6, Chapter 2.1-2.6

Textbook 2: Chapter 1
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning
Module-2
CONTROL FLOW, LOOPS:
Conditionals: Boolean values and operators, conditional (if), alternative (if-else), chained conditional
(if-elif-else); Iteration: while, for, break, continue, pass statement.

Textbook 1: Chapter 3.1-3.6, chapter 5

Teaching-Learning Process | Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
FUNCTIONS AND STRINGS:
Functions: Function calls, adding new functions, definition and uses, local and global scope, return
values.
 Strings: strings, length of string, string slices, immutability, multiline comments, string functions and
methods;

Textbook 1: Chapter 6
Textbook 2: Chapter 3
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-4
LISTS, TUPLES, DICTIONARIES:08 Hours
Lists:List operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability, aliasing, cloning lists, listparameters,
list comprehension;

Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value, tuple comprehension;

Dictionaries: operations and methods, comprehension;

Textbook 2: Chapter 10,11,12

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Active Learning
Module-5
REGULAR EXPRESSIONS,FILES AND EXCEPTION:
Regular expressions:Character matching in regular expressions, extracting data using regular
expressions, Escape character

Files and exception: Text files, reading and writing files, command line arguments, errors
andexceptions, handling exceptions, modules.

Textbook 1: Chapter 11.1,11.2,11.4

Textbook 2: Chapter 14
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Suggested Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Understand Python syntax and semantics and be fluent in the use of Python flow control and
functions.
CO 2. Demonstrate proficiency in handling Strings and File Systems.
CO 3. Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, Strings, dictionaries.
CO 4. Read and write data from/to files in Python Programs
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Textbooks
1. Charles R. Severance, “Python for Everybody: Exploring Data Using Python 3”, 1st Edition,
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2016.
http://do1.dr-chuck.com/pythonlearn/EN_us/pythonlearn.pdf
2. Allen B. Downey, "Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist”, 2ndEdition, Green Tea
Press, 2015. (Chapters 15, 16, 17) http://greenteapress.com/thinkpython2/thinkpython2.pdf
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R. Nageswara Rao, “Core Python Programming”, dreamtech
2. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson
3. Python Programming , Reema theraja, OXFORD publication
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://www.w3resource.com/python/python-tutorial.php
2. https://data-flair.trammg/blogs/python-tutorials-home/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5c235EsGFcZs
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5v4e6oMRS2QA
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5Uh2ebFW8OYM
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5oSPMmeaiQ68
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5 uQrJOTkZlc
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5K8L6KVGG-7o
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Real world problem solving: Demonstration of projects developed using python language
VI
Semester INTRODUCTION TO AI AND ML
Course Code 21CS752 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives
CLO1. Understands the basics of AI, history of AI and its foundations, basic principles of AI for
problem
solving
CLO2. Explore the basics of Machine Learning & Machine Learning process, understanding data
CLO3. Understand the Working of Artificial Neural Networks
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
Introduction: What is AI, The foundation of Artificial Intelligence, The history of Artificial Intelligence,
Intelligent Agents: Agents and Environments, Good Behaviour: The concept of rationality, the nature of
Environments, the structure of Agents.

Textbook 1: Chapter: 1 and 2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Problem solving by searching: Problem solving agents, Example problems, Searching for solutions,
Uniformed search strategies, Informed search strategies, Heuristic functions

Textbook 1: Chapter: 3
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Introduction to machine learning: Need for Machine Learning, Machine Learning Explained, and
Machine Learning in relation to other fields, Types of Machine Learning. Challenges of Machine
Learning, Machine Learning process, Machine Learning applications.

Understanding Data: What is data, types of data, Big data analytics and types of analytics, Big data
analytics framework, Descriptive statistics, univariate data analysis and visualization

Textbook 2: Chapter: 1 and 2.1 to 2.5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
 Understanding Data
Bivariate and Multivariate data, Multivariate statistics , Essential mathematics for Multivariate data,
Overview hypothesis, Feature engineering and dimensionality reduction techniques,

Basics of Learning Theory: Introduction to learning and its types, Introduction computation learning
theory, Design of learning system, Introduction concept learning.

Similarity-based learning: Introduction to Similarity or instance based learning, Nearest-neighbour

learning, weighted k- Nearest - Neighbour algorithm.

Textbook 2: Chapter: 2.6 to 2.10, 3.1 to 3.4, 4.1 to 4.3

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning
Module-5
Artificial Neural Network: Introduction, Biological neurons, Artificial neurons, Perceptron and
learning theory, types of Artificial neural Network, learning in multilayer Perceptron, Radial basis
function neural network, self-organizing feature map,

Textbook 2: Chapter: 10
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Design intelligent agents for solving simple gaming problems.
CO 2. Have a good understanding of machine leaning in relation to other fields and fundamental
issues and
Challenges of machine learning
CO 3. Understand data and applying machine learning algorithms to predict the outputs.
CO 4. Model the neuron and Neural Network, and to analyze ANN learning and its applications.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall
be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Textbooks
1. Stuart Russel, Peter Norvig: “Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach”, 3 rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2015.
2. S. Sridhar, M Vijayalakshmi “Machine Learning”. Oxford ,2021
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight: “Artificial Intelligence”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009, ISBN-10:
0070087709
2. Nils J. Nilsson: “Principles of Artificial Intelligence”, Elsevier, 1980, ISBN: 978-3-540-11340-9.

Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

http://stpk.cs.rtu.lv/sites/all/files/stpk/materiali/MI/Artificial%20Intelligence %20A%20Modern
%20Approach.pdf.
1. http://www.getfreeebooks.com/16-sites-with-free-artificial-intelligence-e
books/https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial intelligence/artificial intelligence overview.
htm
2. Problem solving agent:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KTPmo-KsOis.
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X Qt0U66aH0&list=PLwdnzlV3ogoXaceHrrFVZC|Kbm la
SHcH
4. https://www.javatpoint.com/history-of-artificial-intelligence
5. https://www.tutorialandexample.com/problem-solving-in-artificial-intelligence
6. https://techvidvan.com/tutorials/ai-heuristic-search/
7. https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/machine-learning/
8. https://www.hackerearth.com/practice/machine-learning/machine-learning-algorithms/ml-
decision-tree/ tutorial/
9. https://www.javatpoint.com/unsupervised-artificial-neural-networks
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Real world problem solving: Demonstration of projects related to AI and ML.
VI
Semester
INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA
Course Code 21CS753 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. Understand Hadoop Distributed File system and examine MapReduce Programming
CLO 2. Explore Hadoop tools and manage Hadoop with Sqoop
CLO 3. Appraise the role of data mining and its applications across industries
CLO 4. Identify various Text Mining techniques
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.

Module-1
Hadoop Distributed file system:HDFS Design, Features, HDFS Components, HDFS user commands
Hadoop MapReduce Framework: The MapReduce Model, Map-reduce Parallel Data Flow,Map Reduce
Programming

Textbook 1: Chapter 3,5,68hr

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Problem based learning
Module-2
Essential Hadoop Tools:Using apache Pig, Using Apache Hive, Using Apache Sqoop, Using Apache
Apache Flume, Apache H Base

Textbook 1: Chapter 78hr

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, Demonstration
Module-3
Data Warehousing: Introduction, Design Consideration, DW Development Approaches, DW
Architectures

Data Mining: Introduction, Gathering, and Selection, data cleaning and preparation, outputs ofData
Mining, Data Mining Techniques

Textbook 2: Chapter 4,5

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Problem based learning, Demonstration
Module-4
Decision Trees: Introduction, Decision Tree Problem, Decision Tree Constructions, Lessons from
Construction Trees. Decision Tree Algorithm

Regressions: Introduction, Correlations and Relationships, Non-Linear Regression, Logistic

Regression, Advantages and disadvantages.

Textbook 2: Chapter 6,7

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk& board, Problem based learning
Module-5
Text Mining: Introduction, Text Mining Applications, Text Mining Process, Term Document Matrix,
Mining the TDM, Comparison, Best Practices

Web Mining: Introduction, Web Content Mining, Web Structured Mining, Web Usage Mining, Web
Mining Algorithms.

Textbook 2: Chapter 11,14

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, MOOC
Suggested Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
CO 1. Master the concepts of HDFS and MapReduce framework.
CO 2. Investigate Hadoop related tools for Big Data Analytics and perform basic
CO 3. Infer the importance of core data mining techniques for data analytics
CO 4. Use Machine Learning algorithms for real world big data.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
 maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Textbooks
1. Douglas Eadline,"Hadoop 2 Quick-Start Guide: Learn the Essentials of Big DataComputing in the
Apache Hadoop 2 Ecosystem", 1stEdition, Pearson Education,2016.
2. Anil Maheshwari, “Data Analytics”, IstEdition, McGraw Hill Education,2017_________________________
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104189/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mNP44rZYiAU
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5qr awo5vz0g
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5rr17cbPGWGA
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5G4NYQox4n2g
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5owI7zxCqNY0
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch2v5FuJVLsZYkuE
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Real world problem solving: Demonstration of Big Data related projects
Exploring the applications which involves big data.
VI
Semester
INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE
Course Code 21CS754 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning Objectives

CLO 1. To provide a foundation in data Science terminologies

CLO 2. To familiarize data science process and steps
CLO 3. To Demonstrate the data visualization tools
CLO 4. To analyze the data science applicability in real time applications.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) need not to be only a traditional lecture method, but alternative
effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem with different circuits/logic and
encourage the students to come up with their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it
helps improve the students' understanding.
Module-1
PREPARING AND GATHERING DATA AND KNOWLEDGE
Philosophies of data science - Data science in a big data world - Benefits and uses of data science and
big data - facts of data: Structured data, Unstructured data, Natural Language, Machine generated data,
Audio, Image and video streaming data - The Big data Eco system: Distributed file system, Distributed
Programming framework, Data Integration frame work, Machine learning Framework, NoSQL
Databases, Scheduling tools, Benchmarking Tools, System Deployment, Service programming and
Security.

Textbook 1: Ch 1.1 to 1.4

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, PPT Based presentation
Module-2
THE DATA SCIENCE PROCESS-Overview of the data science process- defining research goals and
creating project charter, retrieving data, cleansing, integrating and transforming data, exploratory data
analysis, Build the models, presenting findings and building application on top of them.

Textbook 1:,Ch 2
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, PPT Based presentation
Module-3
MACHINE LEARNING: Application for machine learning in data science- Tools used in machine
learningModeling Process - Training model - Validating model - Predicting new observations -Types of
machine learning Algorithm : Supervised learning algorithms, Unsupervised learning algorithms.

Textbook 1: Ch 3.1 to 3.3

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, PPT Based presentation, Video
Module-4
VISUALIZATION-Introduction to data visualization - Data visualization options - Filters - MapReduce
—
Dashboard development tools.

Textbook 1: Ch 9

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, PPT Based presentation,
MOOC
Module-5
CASE STUDIES Distributing data storage and processing with frameworks - Case study: e.g, Assessing
risk when lending money.

Textbook 1: Ch 5.1, 5.2

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and board, Active Learning, PPT Based presentation, Video
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1. Describe the data science terminologies
CO 2. Apply the Data Science process on real time scenario.
CO 3. Analyze data visualization tools
CO 4. Apply Data storage and processing with frameworks
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50) in the semester-end
examination (SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13 th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper has to be designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored
shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks
 2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Textbooks
1. Introducing Data Science, Davy Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman and Mohamed Ali,Manning
Publications, 2016.
Reference Books
1. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk from the Frontline, Cathy O'Neil, Rachel Schutt, O’ Reilly, 1st
edition, 2013.
2. Mining of Massive Datasets, Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, Cambridge
University Press, 2nd edition, 2014
3. An Introduction to Statistical Learning: with Applications in R, Gareth James, Daniela Witten,
Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Springer, 1st edition, 2013
4. Think Like a Data Scientist, Brian Godsey, Manning Publications, 2017.
Weblinks and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/data-science-tutorial/what-is-data-science
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N6BghzuFLIg
3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/what-is-datascience/fundamentals-of-data-science-tPgFU
4. https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=ua-CiDNNj30

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Real world problem solving using Data science techniques and demonstration of data visualization
methods with the help of suitable project.